209
EMC ® Document Sciences ® xPression © Version 4.6 SP1 Installation Guide EMC Corporation Corporate Headquarters Hopkinton, MA 01748-9103 1-508-435-1000 www.EMC.com

EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    13

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

EMC® Document Sciences®

xPression©

Version 4.6 SP1

Installation Guide

EMC CorporationCorporate Headquarters

Hopkinton, MA 01748-91031-508-435-1000www.EMC.com

Page 2: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Legal Notice

Copyright © 2003 — 2016 EMC Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date. The information is subject to changewithout notice.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS.” EMC CORPORATIONMAKES NO REPRESENTATIONSOR WARRANTIES OF ANY KINDWITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION, AND SPECIFICALLYDISCLAIMS IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Use, copying, and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicable software license.

For the most up-to-date listing of EMC product names, see EMC Corporation Trademarks on EMC.com. Adobe and Adobe PDFLibrary are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. All other trademarksused herein are the property of their respective owners.

Documentation Feedback

Your opinion matters. We want to hear from you regarding our product documentation. If you have feedbackabout how we can make our documentation better or easier to use, please send us your feedback directly [email protected]

Page 3: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Revision History .................................................................................................................. 13

Chapter 1 Before You Install ........................................................................................ 15xPressionHome ................................................................................................ 15Documentum Edition and Enterprise Edition ..................................................... 15xPublish or CompuSet Scenarios ....................................................................... 15Disk Space Requirements .................................................................................. 16Requirements for Windows ............................................................................... 16UAC Settings on Windows............................................................................ 16Non-English Windows Versions on Client Computers .................................... 16

Requirements for UNIX Platforms ..................................................................... 17User Validation ............................................................................................ 17User Profiles................................................................................................. 17The User to Install xPression ......................................................................... 17Verify Environment Settings.......................................................................... 18Using xWindows .......................................................................................... 18

Authentication on the xPression Server ............................................................. 18Local User Authentication............................................................................. 18LDAPUser Authentication ............................................................................ 19LDAP Settings from the xPression Installer ................................................ 19LDAPUser Parameters .............................................................................. 20LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE .................................................................. 21LDAP_ADMIN_PWD........................................................................... 21LDAP_ADMIN_DN ............................................................................. 21LDAP_USER_FILTER ........................................................................... 21LDAP_USER_MODE ............................................................................ 21LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE .............................................................. 22LDAP_GROUP_FILTER........................................................................ 22LDAP_SERVER_URL............................................................................ 22LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT .................................................................... 22LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT ................................................................... 23LDAP_INITIAL CONTEXT FACTORY .................................................. 23USE_START_TLS.................................................................................. 23

LDAPS Configuration ............................................................................... 23Start TLS Configuration ............................................................................ 23Multi-Domain LDAP Configuration........................................................... 23LDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[x] .................................................. 24LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[x] ........................................................ 25LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[x] ............................................ 25LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[x]....................................................... 25LDAP_ADMIN_PASSWORD.DOMAIN[x] ............................................ 25LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[x]........................................................ 25LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[x] .................................................... 25LDAP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_FACTORY.DOMAIN[x] ............................. 25LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x] ........................................... 26LDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x] ............................................... 26

3

Page 4: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x] .......................................... 26LDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x]........................... 26LDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x] ....................... 26

Switching from ADUser to LDAPUser ....................................................... 27SiteMinder Authentication ............................................................................ 30Access Through FastPath .......................................................................... 31Access Through Direct Login .................................................................... 31

User Exit Authentication ............................................................................... 31Clustering ........................................................................................................ 31xPression Groups Messages .......................................................................... 31Unicast .................................................................................................... 32Multicast.................................................................................................. 32Local Cast ................................................................................................ 32

Horizontal Cluster Requirement .................................................................... 32Vertical Clusters ........................................................................................... 32

SAP System Landscape ..................................................................................... 33Requirements, Recommendations, and Limitations............................................. 34xPression Requires Exclusive Environment .................................................... 34JBoss and WebLogic Installation Paths ........................................................... 34Multiple Instances of xPression ..................................................................... 34Installing Multiple xPression Servers on the Same Machine ......................... 35

Databases That Require a Database Client ...................................................... 35Removing Existing xPression Server ............................................................. 35Installing the xAdapter ................................................................................. 36Database Issues ............................................................................................ 36Copying an xPression Database ................................................................. 36Migration Limitation for Oracle Databases ................................................. 36

License Validation with Linux ....................................................................... 36Autograph and xPression on the Same Server................................................. 37

Chapter 2 Step One: Configure DB2 Database ............................................................ 39About the xPression Database ........................................................................... 39DB2 on Linux ............................................................................................... 39

Step One: Start the Database Manager ............................................................... 40Start the Database Manager Service with Windows Services ............................ 40Start the Database Manager from the Command Line ..................................... 40Start the Database Manager on UNIX and Linux............................................. 40

Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database .............................................................. 41Create the Database from the Command Line................................................. 41DB2: Create the Database with IBM DB2 Control Center ................................. 41

Step Three: Create a New Database User............................................................ 43Creating the User from the DB2 Command Line Processor .............................. 43Creating the User from DB2 Control Center ................................................... 44

Step Four: Create Buffer Pool and Tablespaces.................................................... 44Creating an 8K Buffer Pool and Table Spaces With the Command Line............. 44Creating an 8K Buffer Pool and Table Spaces With the DB2 ControlCenter.......................................................................................................... 45

Step Five: Run xPression Database Scripts.......................................................... 47Step Six: Test the xPression Database ................................................................. 48Step Seven: Modify Database Configuration....................................................... 49Modifying a DB2 Database Configuration ...................................................... 49

Step Eight: Back Up Your Database.................................................................... 49Step Nine: Enable Full-Text Searching................................................................ 50Create DB2DBDFT Environment Variable ...................................................... 50

4

Page 5: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Create DB2DBDFT Variable on Windows ................................................... 50Create DB2DBDFT on UNIX and Linux...................................................... 50

Enable Full-Text Search ................................................................................. 50Automatically Updating Your Index .............................................................. 51

Auditing Your xPression Database..................................................................... 52DB2 Stopwords ................................................................................................ 52DB2 Limitations ............................................................................................... 52

Chapter 3 Step One: Configure Oracle Database ........................................................ 53About the xPression Database ........................................................................... 53Important Information About Oracle Databases.............................................. 53Using Oracle with Other Databases ........................................................... 54The Oracle Client Application ................................................................... 54Oracle Requirement .................................................................................. 54Migration Limitation ................................................................................ 54

Step One: Create a New Database...................................................................... 54Step Two: Create a New Database User.............................................................. 55Creating the User with SQL Plus ................................................................... 55Creating the User from the Oracle Enterprise Manager DatabaseExpress ........................................................................................................ 56

Step Three: Run xPression Database Scripts ....................................................... 57Step Four: Test the xPression Database............................................................... 57Step Five: Back Up Your Database ..................................................................... 58Step Six: Configure Full-Text Searching.............................................................. 58For Windows Installations................................................................................. 59Auditing Your xPression Database..................................................................... 59Oracle Stopwords ............................................................................................. 60

Chapter 4 Step One: Configure SQL Server Database ................................................. 61About the xPression Database ........................................................................... 61The SQL Server Client Application .................................................................... 61Database Authentication ................................................................................... 62Configuring Windows Authentication ........................................................... 62

SQL Limitations and Known Issues ................................................................... 62Full-Text Search Limitation ........................................................................... 62Merant Drivers for SQL Server ...................................................................... 63

Step One: Create a New Database...................................................................... 63Create a New Database on SQL Server ........................................................... 63

Step Two: Create a New Database User.............................................................. 64Step Three: Run xPression Database Scripts ....................................................... 65Step Four: Test the xPression Database............................................................... 65Test Your xPression Database on SQL Server 2008 R2/2012 .............................. 66

Step Five: Installing Microsoft JDBC Driver........................................................ 66Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4.0 ........................................................... 66

Step Six: Final Configuration Tasks .................................................................... 66Determine Port Number................................................................................ 67Back Up Your Database............................................................................. 68

List of Stopwords ............................................................................................. 68Auditing Your xPression Database..................................................................... 69

5

Page 6: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Chapter 5 Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation ....................... 71Configuring WebSphere .................................................................................... 71WebSphere Paths .......................................................................................... 71Your WebSphere Installation Location............................................................ 72Create an xPression Profile ............................................................................ 72Create Profile with the manageprofiles Command ...................................... 72Setting Up a Profile as a Windows Service .............................................. 73Deleting a Profile from the Command Line ............................................ 74Deleting a Window Service ................................................................... 74

Creating a Profile with the Profile Management Tool .................................. 74Configure the Application Server................................................................... 75Start Your Server ...................................................................................... 76Start the WebSphere Administrative Console.............................................. 77Configure WebSphere Variables................................................................. 77USER_INSTALL_ROOT Variable ........................................................... 78JAVA_HOME Variable .......................................................................... 78XPRESSIONHOME Variable ................................................................. 78XPRESSION_EAR Variable ................................................................... 78Database Driver Variable....................................................................... 79

Set Class Loading Mode ............................................................................ 80Set Transaction Timeout ............................................................................ 80Enable Pass By Reference .......................................................................... 80Set Host Alias........................................................................................... 81Add Image to MIME Type on WebSphere .................................................. 81Configure JVM Settings............................................................................. 81Configure Data Sources............................................................................. 83Create an Authentication Alias .............................................................. 83Creating a DB2 Data Source .................................................................. 84Creating an Oracle Data Source ............................................................. 85Creating a SQL Server Data Source ........................................................ 87Relational Customer Data Sources ......................................................... 88Setting resultSetHoldability attribute for DB2 ......................................... 89

Deploy the xPression Enterprise Archive File ............................................. 89Pre-Deployment Configurations ............................................................ 89Deploying the xPression Enterprise Archive File..................................... 90Deploying the JMS-Enabled xPression Adapter ...................................... 91

Import LDAP Server Certificate to Truststore ............................................. 91Configure Cookies Settings ....................................................................... 92Set Transport Option for CSIv2 .................................................................. 92

WebSphere Users and Permissions................................................................. 92Configuring WebLogic ...................................................................................... 93Understanding Your Server Paths .................................................................. 93Understanding User Names .......................................................................... 94Create a NewWebLogic Configuration .......................................................... 94Extract the xPression Enterprise Archive Files ................................................ 94

Configuring JBoss............................................................................................. 95Add Environment Variables .......................................................................... 95Determine Your HTTP Server Port ................................................................. 95Prepare Your JBoss Environment for Installation............................................. 96

Chapter 6 Step Three: Install xPression Server ........................................................... 97About the Installer............................................................................................ 97Running the xPression Installer ......................................................................... 98The “Choose Installer Type” Page .................................................................. 98The “xPression Installation Folder” Page........................................................ 99The “Select Application Server Type” Page..................................................... 99Selecting Application Server Installation Directory ......................................... 99

6

Page 7: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Selecting Application Server Home Directory ................................................. 99The “Select JDK Installation Folder” Page ...................................................... 99The “Select EAR Folder” Page ..................................................................... 100The “Application Server Information” Page .................................................. 100The “HTTP Server Connection” Page ........................................................... 101The “Select Driver” Page............................................................................. 101The "Database URL Settings" Page ............................................................... 101The “E-Mail Server” Page............................................................................ 102The “User Authentication Security Settings” Page......................................... 102The “LDAP Authentication” Page................................................................ 102The “Documentum Settings” Page ............................................................... 103The “Cluster Settings” Page......................................................................... 104The “Performance Settings” Page................................................................. 104The “User Selection Summary” Page............................................................ 105The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page .......................................................... 105Restart Your Server ..................................................................................... 105

Installing the Server in Silent Mode.................................................................. 105Creating the xPression Server Silent Mode Response File ............................. 106Running the xPression Server in Silent Mode............................................... 106

Chapter 7 Step Four: Configure xPression Server .................................................... 109Additional Steps for Linux and UNIX .............................................................. 109Configuring Local Authentication for Non-Root Users .................................. 109Configurations for Using the xPression Documentum Repository .................. 110Editing bash_profile for JBoss on Linux........................................................ 110

Additional Configurations for WebSphere........................................................ 110Increasing Application Server Memory ........................................................ 111Library File Usage ...................................................................................... 111Configurations for CompuSet Jobs in RMI Mode .......................................... 111

Additional Configurations for WebLogic.......................................................... 112Setting Java Options for UNIX Systems ........................................................ 112Defining Path for xPression Logging ............................................................ 112Starting the xPression Server ...................................................................... 113Configuring xPression on WebLogic ............................................................ 113Configure Data Sources........................................................................... 113DB2 JDBC Driver ................................................................................ 114Oracle JDBC Driver ............................................................................ 116Microsoft SQL Server Driver ............................................................... 117

Manually Deploy the Enterprise Archive File ........................................... 119Configure JTA ........................................................................................ 120

Starting the Enterprise Archive Files ............................................................ 120Increasing Memory Size .............................................................................. 120Increasing MaximumMessage Size.......................................................... 120

Additional Configurations for JBoss................................................................. 121Increasing Memory Settings ........................................................................ 121Configuring Data Sources on JBoss .............................................................. 121Windows Authentication with Microsoft SQL Server ................................ 122Using a Relational Database with JBoss .................................................... 122Using a Non-Default Data Source with JBoss ............................................ 122

Configuring Additional Components........................................................... 125Define Path for xPression Logging ........................................................... 125

Starting and Stopping the Server ................................................................. 125Installing an xPresso Client on the Same Machine as the xPressionServer........................................................................................................ 125

Configuring the xPression Diagnostic Utility .................................................... 126Oracle Database Settings for BatchRunner ........................................................ 127

7

Page 8: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Configuring User Access for xAdmin and xDashboard ..................................... 127Resetting the Super Administrator User Password ........................................ 128

Connecting CompuSet Bridge to the Server ...................................................... 128

Chapter 8 Installing and Configuring Client Applications .......................................... 129xDesign ......................................................................................................... 129Chinese Language Paths ............................................................................. 130Requirement for Windows .......................................................................... 130Exporting Searchable Document Lists .......................................................... 130Installing xDesign....................................................................................... 130Installing xDesign in Silent Mode ................................................................ 131Changing Log Location for Silent Mode Installer ...................................... 132Creating the xDesign Silent Installer Response File ................................... 132Running the xDesign Silent Installation.................................................... 133

Updating LAN Settings............................................................................... 134Configuring xDesign Timeout ..................................................................... 134

xPresso for Word ............................................................................................ 134Before You Install ....................................................................................... 135Directory for Temporary Files.................................................................. 135Supported Data Types............................................................................. 136

Installing xPresso for Word ......................................................................... 136Registering Your Software ........................................................................... 137

xPresso for Adobe InDesign ............................................................................ 138Before You Install ....................................................................................... 138Requirements for Windows Users............................................................ 138About InDesign Versions ........................................................................ 139Directory for Temporary Files.................................................................. 139

Installing the xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager ........................... 139Installing on Windows ................................................................................ 140Installing on Macintosh............................................................................... 140About the Java Environment ................................................................... 141Performing a Macintosh Installation ........................................................ 141Multiple User Access to InDesign on Macintosh ....................................... 142

Registering Your Software ........................................................................... 142xPresso for Dreamweaver ............................................................................... 143Before You Install ....................................................................................... 144Requirement for Windows Users ............................................................. 144About Dreamweaver Versions ................................................................. 145Supported Data Types............................................................................. 145Directory for Temporary Files.................................................................. 145

Installing on Windows ................................................................................ 145Installing on Macintosh............................................................................... 146Registering Your Software ........................................................................... 147

Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers .......................................................... 148Configuring xResponse ................................................................................... 149Internet Explorer Settings............................................................................ 149xResponse User Access ............................................................................... 150Installing VBA............................................................................................ 150eCor.properties Configuration ..................................................................... 150

Configuring xRevise ....................................................................................... 151xRevise User Access.................................................................................... 151Running xRevise on a non-xDesign Machine ................................................ 151Configuring Application Startup Order........................................................ 151

xEditor........................................................................................................... 152About Smart Client Installation ................................................................... 152

8

Page 9: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Access Rights to Install xEditor.................................................................... 152Preparing Your Environment....................................................................... 153Java Runtime Environment ..................................................................... 153Microsoft .NET Framework ..................................................................... 153Install VBA ............................................................................................ 153Internet Explorer Settings........................................................................ 154Adobe PDFMaker................................................................................... 154

Installing xEditor........................................................................................ 154Pushing the xEditor Installation From the Server .......................................... 155Verifying the Installation............................................................................. 155

About Deploying xPressForms ........................................................................ 156Validating Properties Files........................................................................... 156Deploying xPressForms Environment .......................................................... 156

About xPression Adapter ................................................................................ 157Configuring WebSphere MQ ....................................................................... 157Add Queues to WebSphere MQ 7.5 .......................................................... 157Configure the JMS Provider .................................................................... 158

Configuring xPression Adapter for WebLogic............................................... 163Configuring xPression JMS Adapter for WebLogic........................................ 163

Configuring JBoss EAP 6.4 MQ........................................................................ 165Using XQuery Outside of xPression ................................................................. 166XQuery Command Line Utility.................................................................... 166XML Converter Command Line Utility ........................................................ 166Installing the Command Line Utilities.......................................................... 166Sample Commands..................................................................................... 167

SSL and TLS Certificates Support..................................................................... 167Upgrade for .NET Framework 4.6 Users....................................................... 168Upgrade for .NET Framework 4.5x Users ..................................................... 168

Specifying JDK Installation Folder Location ..................................................... 168

Chapter 9 Verifying Your Installation ......................................................................... 169Step One: Check Basic Connectivity................................................................. 169Examine Server Logs .................................................................................. 169Access xAdmin .......................................................................................... 169Supply Your License ................................................................................... 170Access Locales............................................................................................ 170

Step Two: Import Sample Test Data ................................................................. 171Step Three: Configure Access Rights................................................................ 171Step Four: Test Assembly in xDesign ............................................................... 172

Chapter 10 Integrating with Third-Party Software ........................................................ 173Integrating with Documentum ........................................................................ 173Step One: Configure Documentum System User Name ................................. 174Step Two: Install Documentum Foundation Classes ...................................... 174Step Three: Configure Application Server .................................................... 174Adding Paths to Support xPression Batch................................................. 175Configuration Steps for WebSphere ......................................................... 175Configuration Steps for WebLogic ........................................................... 176Configuration Steps for JBoss .................................................................. 177Configuration Steps for Process Builder Users .......................................... 179

Step Four: Create an ECM Configuration ..................................................... 180Setting DFC Registry Mode for xPression Documentum Repository............... 180Installing the Sample Workflow................................................................... 180Deploying the Sample Application .......................................................... 181Configuring the Sample Workflow........................................................... 181

9

Page 10: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Run the Sample Workflow....................................................................... 183After Updating an Activity Template ........................................................... 184Adding Formats for Archiving .................................................................... 184Upgrading the Sample Workflow ................................................................ 184

Integrating with FileNet.................................................................................. 185Implementing FileNet ................................................................................. 185Configurations for WebLogic................................................................... 186Configurations for WebSphere................................................................. 187

Configuring FileNet in xAdmin ................................................................... 187Setting Up the FileNet ECM Server .......................................................... 187Setting Up the Filenet ECM Configuation................................................. 188

Chapter 11 Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression ................................. 189Uninstall, Reinstall, and Remove ..................................................................... 189Uninstalling xPression Server ......................................................................... 189Preparations for Uninstalling xPression Server on Windows......................... 190Undeploy Enterprise Archive Files .............................................................. 190Uninstall the Server .................................................................................... 190

Uninstalling xPresso Client Applications.......................................................... 191Modifying, Repairing, or Removing xDesign .................................................... 191Reinstalling xPression Server.......................................................................... 192Removing xPression Completely ..................................................................... 192

Chapter 12 Upgrading xPression ................................................................................. 195

Chapter 13 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................ 197xPression Server ............................................................................................ 197Errors During Start Up................................................................................ 197The Installer Cannot Access JVM ................................................................. 198Cannot Start the Server on JBoss .................................................................. 198xDashboard Log On Page Not Displayed ..................................................... 199Error While Attempting to Connect to xAdmin ............................................ 199xResponse xPression Database Error with DB2 ............................................. 199DB2 Error When Deleting or Updating Very Large Document ....................... 200

xDesign ......................................................................................................... 200The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page .......................................................... 200Enabling Access Keys ................................................................................. 2015981 Error .................................................................................................. 201

xPresso for Word ............................................................................................ 201The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page .......................................................... 201Enabling the xPresso COM Add-in .............................................................. 202Current Installation No Longer Functions .................................................... 202Substituting Font Not Found ....................................................................... 202Corda Builder Not Launching ..................................................................... 203

xPresso for Adobe InDesign ............................................................................ 203The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page .......................................................... 203Valid License Being Called Invalid ............................................................... 204Current Installation No Longer Functions .................................................... 204Corda Builder Not Launching ..................................................................... 204

xEditor........................................................................................................... 205The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page .......................................................... 205Unable to Reinstall xEditor.......................................................................... 205

Chapter 14 Documentum Edition ................................................................................. 207

10

Page 11: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

Configure xPression for Documentum ............................................................. 207Deploy Documentum Edition DAR File ........................................................... 208Create ECM Configuration .............................................................................. 208Define Documentum Users and Roles .............................................................. 209

11

Page 12: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Table of Contents

12

Page 13: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Revision History

Revision Date Description

January 2017 Replaced “eCor2” with “xResponse” in Deploying thexPression Enterprise Archive File, page 90.

Corrected 4.6SP1 initial publication date – changed from2015 to 2016.

November 2016 Initial publication

13

Page 14: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Revision History

14

Page 15: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 1Before You Install

Before installation, ensure that your system meets the requirements. The xPression Release Notescontains the system requirements for this release.

Note: To avoid security issues, refer to the security guides of your application server, database serverand operating system to configure them properly.

xPressionHomeThe term "xPressionHome” refers to the location where xPression is installed on your server. Thedefault location on Windows servers is C:\xPression

Documentum Edition and Enterprise EditionxPression Documentum Edition DE has been merged into the xPression Enterprise Edition (EE)platform in this release. All the previous functionality under prior version of xPression DE is stillavailable with the new deployment model.

When configuring a xPression Documentum Edition deployment, the steps are similar to those in thexPression Enterprise Edition. Differences between the two editions are described in this document.See Chapter 14, Documentum Edition for configuration steps for Documentum Edition.

xPublish or CompuSet ScenariosxDesign and the xPression Servermust both have CompuSet functionality activated to ensure thatCompuSet works properly. If the server has CompuSet enabled, but xDesign does not, the user willnot be able to open or edit CompuSet documents in xDesign. If xDesign has CompuSet enabled, butthe xPression server does not, the xDesign user will not be able to access or publish CompuSetdocuments. Ensure that your xDesign and xPression Server environments are both enabled orboth disabled.

You can select whether to install CompuSet in the installation wizard that is described in Runningthe xPression Installer, page 98. For descriptions and instructions for all CompuSet features, seethe xPression CompuSet User Guide.

15

Page 16: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Disk Space RequirementsThe xPression installation program requires approximately 520 MB to run. The Disk SpaceInformation page in the installer shows that you need 174 MB to install the xPression Server.However, this refers only to the size of the files being copied to your system. The installer itselfrequires the remaining space. Ensure that your server has the required disk space allotment of aminimum of 520 MB.

Requirements for WindowsReview the following requirements for Windows platforms:• UAC Settings on Windows, page 16

• Non-English Windows Versions on Client Computers, page 16

UAC Settings on Windows

To install xPression Server on Windows system, ensure that your installing account is Administratoror in the Administrators group, and check the following User Account Control (UAC) settings:

• If UAC is set to Default, the installing account for xPression Server must be the built-inAdministrator.

• If the installing account is not the built-in Administrator but a member of the Administratorsgroup, set UAC to Never notify.

Non-English Windows Versions on Client Computers

When logging on to client applications in the xPression suite (xDesign, xResponse, and xRevise)xPression uses LDAP to verify credentials. On client machines using non-English versions ofWindows, it is necessary to set the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\ForceGuest key in the registry to 0. By default, this value is 1.

Refer to your operating system documentation for instructions on editing the registry. This is anadvanced procedure that should be attempted by qualified personnel only.

This setting and the status of the Guest account has the following impact: on security:

• If the ForceGuest key is set to 1 and the guest account (invite in <language>) is enabled, thenanyone can log in.

• If the ForceGuest key is set to 1 and the guest account is disabled, then no logons will succeed.

• If the ForceGuest key is set to 0, then authorized users can log in regardless of the guest accountsetting.

For full security, the recommended settings are ForceGuest = 0 and guest account disabled.

16

Page 17: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Requirements for UNIX PlatformsReview the following UNIX requirements and recommendations.• User Validation, page 17

• User Profiles, page 17

• The User to Install xPression, page 17

• Verify Environment Settings, page 18

• Using xWindows, page 18

User Validation

User validation has been enhanced to enable the use of a shadow password file. When using ashadow password file, a binary executable is run as root to allow the shadow password file to beread and users authenticated. xPression now supports this authentication scheme. If you use anon-root-level user to install xPression and intend on using local authentication, you must completethe following configuration changes. If you fail to make these changes, xRevise and xResponseauthentication will fail.

To Configure User Validation1. Navigate to the following directory:

xPressionHome/Drivers

2. Locate the *AuthUser file for your version of UNIX: SolarisAuthUser, AIXAuthUser, orLinuxAuthUser.

3. Change the owner of this file for the root user. For example:chown root:root SolarisAuthUserchmod 4655 SolarisAuthUser

User Profiles

The xPression Server installation program automatically writes the xPression environment variablesto the local user profile of the user that ran the installation program.

After running the installation program, you must log off and log back onto the server so that thecurrent user profile can be updated with the environment changes.

The User to Install xPression

The user who installs xPression Server should be the same user who installed the application server.

17

Page 18: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Verify Environment Settings

Ensure that your environment settings contain the correct database path for your database.

Using xWindows

If you install through xWindows, set up the display environment to view the installation screensby typing:DISPLAY=computer_name:0.0;export DISPLAY

Make sure the DB2 database on the client computer can connect to the DB2 server if the serveris installed on a different computer.

Authentication on the xPression ServerxPression operates in a client/server environment where the xPression client user must log onto the xPression Server to gain access to the system. You can authenticate users for this systemusing one of two modes of authentication: Local User and LDAPUser authentication. Select yourauthentication mode in the xPression Server installation wizard. The selection you make is reflectedin the dscsecurity.properties file in your xPressionHome directory.

See the following topics:• Local User Authentication, page 18

• LDAPUser Authentication, page 19

• SiteMinder Authentication, page 30

• User Exit Authentication, page 31

Local User Authentication

This option enables user authentication on the local machine. Users with access to the local machinethat hosts the xPression Server will also have access to xPression. You authenticate users forxPression by adding them to the local users list on your server.

On a Windows system, when you select Local User authentication, the dscsecurity.propertiesfile records the following information and comments out all Active Directory settings.IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.NTUserNT_AUTH=SERVERNAME

The following example shows the IMPL_CLASS property for Linux users:IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.LinuxUser

Note: If you are using local NTUser authentication, you cannot use the umlaut character (ä) inthe user name.

18

Page 19: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAPUser Authentication

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a protocol for accessing informationdirectories. When you select LDAP as your authentication method in the xPression Serverinstallation wizard, you must supply a set of LDAP authentication settings. These settings arereflected in the ldapcfg.properties file. The path to ldapcfg.properties is stored indscsecurity.properties, which is located in your xPressionHome directory.

xPression supports the following facets of LDAP:• Using LDAP as a user registry to authenticate user names and passwords.

• Retrieving a list of users or groups from an LDAP server. You can also set up a filter to narrow thenumber of users or groups you are retrieving.

• Determining which groups a user is a member of. With xPression, you can retrieve (but cannotchange) the associations between users and groups.

• Enabling you to configure the group name values for your LDAP implementation.

• Both single domain LDAP and multi-domain LDAP configurations. Multi-domain LDAPconfiguration must be done after running the server installer.

• LDAPS and the Start TLS extension in LDAP V3.

• Using Active Directory through the LDAPUser interface. If you were previously using ADUserauthentication, switch to use LDAPUser authentication. ADUser authentication is no longersupported.

Note: LDAPUser authentication is non case-sensitive. If you have used case-sensitive authenticationsettings with “common name” (cn) and want to upgrade your xPression, see the xPression UpgradeGuide.

This section contains the following topics:• LDAP Settings from the xPression Installer, page 19

• LDAPUser Parameters, page 20

• LDAPS Configuration, page 23

• Start TLS Configuration, page 23

• Multi-Domain LDAP Configuration, page 23

• Switching from ADUser to LDAPUser, page 27

LDAP Settings from the xPression Installer

The xPression installer requires you to specify your authentication method, and then requestsdetails about your LDAP configuration. The setting you configure in the installer are saved to twoconfiguration files that can be manually updated.

Your authentication method and the location of your LDAP configuration file are stored in thedscsecurity.properties file located in your xPressionHome directory.IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.LDAPUserLDAP_CFG_PATH=C:\\xPression\\ldapcfg.properties

19

Page 20: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

The LDAP configuration settings you define in the xPression installer are saved in theldapcfg.properties file. By default, this file resides in the xPressionHome directory. If you move thisfile to a different location, update the LDAP_CFG_PATH property in the dscsecurity.properties file.This property controls where xPression looks for this information.LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE=<uid>, <cn>, <custom_name>LDAP_ADMIN_PWD=<PASSWORD>\=\r\nLDAP_ADMIN_DN=uid=admin,ou=administrators,ou=topologymanagement,o=netscaperootLDAP_USER_FILTER=(objectclass\=person)LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE=uniqueMemberLDAP_GROUP_FILTER=(objectclass=groupOfUniqueNames)LDAP_SERVER_URL=ldap://localhost:389LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT=\cn=<commonName>,ou\=<organizationalUnit>, dc=<DomainName>,dc=comLDAP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_FACTORY=com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactoryLDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT=\cn=<commonName>,ou\=<organizationalUnit>, dc=<DomainName>,dc=comLDAP_USER_MODE=<FILTER OR FILTERANDGROUP>USE_START_TLS=false

xPression encrypts your LDAP password when writing it into the ldapcfg.properties file. You willfind the password string in the file similar to the following one:LDAP_ADMIN_PWD=<PASSWORD>\=\r\n

where PASSWORD is your password and \=\r\n is part of the encryption string.

LDAPUser Parameters

The following list contains descriptions of the LDAPUser parameters:• LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE, page 21

• LDAP_ADMIN_PWD, page 21

• LDAP_ADMIN_DN, page 21

• LDAP_USER_FILTER, page 21

• LDAP_USER_MODE, page 21

• LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE, page 22

• LDAP_GROUP_FILTER, page 22

• LDAP_SERVER_URL, page 22

• LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT, page 22

• LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT, page 23

• LDAP_INITIAL CONTEXT FACTORY, page 23

• USE_START_TLS, page 23

20

Page 21: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE

By default, xPression provides supports UID (user ID; first initial and last name) or CN (commonname; first name followed by last name). CN is selected by default. But xPression also supports anycustomized name for LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE.

For customized LDAP name attributes, you must manually configure the ldapcfg.properties file.For example:

LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE=sAMAccountName

You can also authenticate groups of LDAP users for access to xPression.

If you are using common name (cn) for the LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE, you must ensure thatall common names are unique. If your common names are not unique, you should set yourLDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE to UserID (uid).

This parameter is defined by your selection for LDAP Name Attribute in the xPression Serverinstallation program.

LDAP_ADMIN_PWD

This parameter is the password for the LDAP_ADMIN_DN user or the directory object. Your plaintext password entry will be encrypted once the xPression application is started.

This parameter is defined by your input in the Bind Credential field in the xPression Serverinstallation program.

LDAP_ADMIN_DN

LDAP_ADMIN_DN is a special user who has access to a designated sub tree for interested users andgroups. Note that this user is not necessarily the LDAP server administrator. You can modify thisentry to retrieve different users and groups from different LDAP directory levels.

LDAP_USER_FILTER

This parameter is the filter used to query for users associated with the object class. NOTE: If you donot want to pull individual user components from the group, set up the LDAP_USER_FILTER with afalse condition. For example, 1=2. This parameter is defined by your input in the User SearchScopefield in the xPression Server installation program.

LDAP_USER_MODE

Controls the way xPression retrieves users. This parameter has two modes:

FILTER - xPression uses only LDAP_USER_FILTER to limit the users retrieved. FILTER is the defaultvalue.

21

Page 22: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

When using this value, xPression returns all users that are members of the organizational unit definedby LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT and meet the criteria in LDAP_USER_FILTER.

FILTERANDGROUP - When using this value, xPression returns only the users that meet thefollowing criteria at the same time:• The users are members of the organizational unit defined in LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT;

• The users meet the criteria in LDAP_USER_FILTER;

• The users are members of the groups that:— are members of the organizational unit defined in LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT, and

— meet the criteria in LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.

This parameter is defined by your selection for User Mode in the xPression Server installationprogram.

LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE

This parameter is the name of the group’s member attribute. The group instance should containan attribute for recording its members. This attribute is uniqueMember if the group’s object classis groupOfUniqueNames. The resulting list displays all the users within each unique group. Thisparameter is defined by your input in theMember Attribute field in the xPression Server installationprogram.

LDAP_GROUP_FILTER

This parameter is the filter used to query for groups associated with the object class. This parameteris defined by your input in the Group Filter field in the xPression Server installation program.

LDAP_SERVER_URL

This parameter is the LDAP server URL. The port number must be provided in the URL if theLDAP server is not using the default port. A fully qualified name should be provided, for example:servername.docscience.com. This parameter is defined by your input in the Provider URL fieldin the xPression Server installation program.

LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT

Use as the root context to retrieve users. It is the search base for the entire LDAP directory tree. Thesearch will remain in scope for this branch. If another branch in the tree also contains the interestedusers and groups, then the parent of the two branches should be configured as the search base. This isthe distinguished name where the search will begin. This parameter is defined by your input in theUser Context field in the xPression Server installation program.

22

Page 23: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT

Use as the root context to retrieve groups. By default, this is set tomatch the LDAP_NAME_CONTEXTvalue. This parameter is only active when LDAP_USER_MODE=FILTERANDGROUP. orLDAP_USER_MODE=FILTER. This parameter is defined by your input in the Group Context fieldin the xPression Server installation program.

LDAP_INITIAL CONTEXT FACTORY

This parameter is the initial context factory for LDAP access. This value can be changed if youuse a vendor other than Sun.

USE_START_TLS

This property enables Start TLS on your server. By default it is set to false. Manually set this propertyto true if you want to enable Start TLS. See Start TLS Configuration, page 23 for more information.

LDAPS Configuration

Before you begin, ensure your LDAP server supports LDAPS. Next, open ldapcfg.properties andset the LDAP_SERVER_URL property for your LDAP server. Ensure the server URL uses theLDAPS protocol.

Start TLS Configuration

Before you begin, ensure your LDAP server supports Start TLS. Next, open ldapcfg.properties and setthe LDAP_SERVER_URL property for your LDAP server. Ensure the server URL uses the LDAPprotocol (not LDAPS). Also, ensure the USE_START_TLS property is set to “True”.

Multi-Domain LDAP Configuration

The xPression Server installer enables you to set up single domain LDAP. To configure multi-domainLDAP, you must manually configure dscsecurity.properties after the installation is complete. Keepin mind the following items when planning your configuration:• Domain names crossing the multiple forests will never be duplicated. They are globally unique.

• The filters of users and groups must be surrounded by parentheses.

• The xPression configuration will only retrieve the users who are specified by the user filter inthe configuration file. It does not support retrieving the users based on the groups, which issupported by the single domain LDAP solution.

• xPression only provides weak encryption of the administrator passwords in the configuration file.

23

Page 24: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

To configure multi-domain LDAP, specify your LDAP details in the dscsecurity.properties filethat is located in the xPressionHome directory on your server.

1. Open dscsecurity.properties for editing.

2. Locate the IMPL_CLASS property. To enable multi-domain LDAP, change the value of thisproperty to: com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.MultiDomainLDAPUser.

3. Locate the MULTI_LDAP_CFG_PATH property. Set the value of this property to the location ofyour Multildapcfg.properties file. This file can reside anywhere on your file system aslong as the path is defined in this property. However, EMC Document Sciences recommendsstoring this file in your xPressionHome directory for ease of maintenance. For example:MULTI_LDAP_CFG_PATH=C:\\xPression\\Multildapcfg.properties

Caution: The Multildapcfg.properties file must use .properties as its extension.Errors may occur if it uses other file extensions such as .txt.

4. Save and close dscsecurity.properties.

5. Open Multildapcfg.properties to configure your LDAP settings. The configuration filemust contain the following parameters:• LDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[x], page 24

• LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_ADMIN_PASSWORD.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[x], page 25

The following properties are optional:• LDAP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_FACTORY.DOMAIN[x], page 25

• LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x], page 26

• LDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x], page 26

• LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x], page 26

• LDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x], page 26

• LDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x], page 26

The “x” inside of [] represents the sequence number of each domains. It must start at 0, and beincreased by 1 for the next domain. Any increase greater than 1 will cause the loss of domains.

6. Save and close Multildapcfg.properties.

LDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[x]

This is the name of the domain in LDAP. EMC Document Sciences recommends that you use thereal domain name as the value for this parameter. For example:

24

Page 25: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[0]=Domain1

LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[x]

The LDAP domain server URL including the protocol. For example:LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[0]=ldap\://192.168.1.8

LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[x]

The LDAP domain context. For example:LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[0]=dc\=EMC,dc\=DocScience,dc\=Domain1

LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[x]

This is the username of a user who has access to bind to the LDAP server and read the domainspecified in the properties file. This user is not necessarily the LDAP server administrator. xPressionwill only read the directory, it will not write to it. A dedicated service account can be used for thistask. In most cases, the value of this parameter is a DN or UPN. For example:LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[0]=uid\=admin,ou\=administrators,ou\=topologymanagement,o\=netscaperoot

LDAP_ADMIN_PASSWORD.DOMAIN[x]

The password for the LDAP_ADMIN_USER. When the xPression application starts, the plain textpassword entry will be weak encrypted.

LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[x]

The filter used to query for users associated with the objectclass. For example:LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[0]=(&(objectclass\=person)(cn\=a*))

LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[x]

The filter used to query for groups associated with the objectclass. For example:LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[0]=(&(objectclass\=groupofuniquenames)(cn\=xpr*))

LDAP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_FACTORY.DOMAIN[x]

The implementation class of context factory. The default value is com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.

25

Page 26: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x]

The attribute used for displaying when configuring the access of xPression resources, which is alsothe expected attribute of the user name for users logging in. The value of this parameter also couldbe uid, cn, etc. For example:LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=cn

LDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x]

The attribute used for authentication. Authentication will be applied against the pair of the valueof this attribute and password the users provided. The value of this parameter also could beDistinguishedName, etc. The default value is userPrincipalName. If this optional parameter is notadded to the Multildapcfg.properties, xPression will use the default value: userPrincipalName.

The value you specify for this parameter must be unique in all domains. For example:LDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=entrydn

LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[x]

The attribute used for checking whether the groups contain the particular user. For example:LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=uniquemember

LDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x]

If this attribute is not specified, the default value is True. When set to True, xPression will query usersfrom this domain and add them to the pick list used in xAdmin. If set to False, xPression skips thisdomain when querying for users for the return list. For example:LDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[0]=false

LDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.DOMAIN[x]

If this attribute is not specified, the default value is True. When set to True, xPression will querygroups from this domain and add them to the pick list in xAdmin. If set to False, xPression skips thisdomain when querying for groups for the return list. For example:LDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[0]=true

The following sample shows a Multildapcfg.properties with two domains.# 1st DomainLDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[0]=Domain1LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[0]=ldap\://192.168.0.10:392LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[0]=dc\=EMC,dc\=DocScience,dc\=Domain1LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[0]=uid\=admin,ou\=administrators,ou\=topologymanagement,o\=netscaperoot

LDAP_ADMIN_PASSWORD.DOMAIN[0]=2L4uf+2MmW3p/TU=LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[0]=(&(objectclass\=person)(cn\=a*))LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[0]=(&(objectclass\=groupofuniquenames)(cn\=xpr*))LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=cn

26

Page 27: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=entrydnLDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[0]=falseLDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[0]=trueLDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=uniquememberLDAP_DISTINGUISHED_NAME_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[0]=entrydn

# 2nd Domain

LDAP_DOMAIN_NAME.DOMAIN[1]=Domain2LDAP_SERVER_URL.DOMAIN[1]=ldap\://192.168.0.11:393LDAP_DOMAIN_CONTEXT.DOMAIN[1]=dc\=EMC,dc\=DocScience,dc\=Domain2LDAP_ADMIN_USER.DOMAIN[1]=uid\=admin,ou\=administrators,ou\=topologymanagement,o\=netscaperoot

LDAP_ADMIN_PASSWORD.DOMAIN[1]=2L4uf+2MmW3p/TU=LDAP_USER_FILTER.DOMAIN[1]=(objectclass=person)LDAP_GROUP_FILTER.DOMAIN[1]=(&(objectclass\=groupofuniquenames)(cn\=a*))LDAP_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[1]=cnLDAP_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[1]=entrydnLDAP_QUERY_USERS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[1]=falseLDAP_QUERY_GROUPS_FOR_PICK_LIST.Domain[1]=trueLDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE.DOMAIN[1]=uniquemember

Switching from ADUser to LDAPUser

This section will demonstrate how to reconfigure your authentication for LDAP user. For thisdemonstration, we will use a typical scenario where the goal is to pull users from two groups(cgroup1 and cgroup2). The ADUser method, which is no longer supported, pulls all users andgroups that reside under the TestingAD OU. The LDAP method allows more focused approach, andonly pulls users from the two groups that are found under the LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT defined inthe ldapcfg.properties file.

To Determine Whether You Are Using the ADUser Security Interface1. Locate the dscsecurity.properties file in the <xPressionHome> directory on the

xPression server.

2. Locate the IMPL_CLASS property in the properties file.

3. If the property is set to com.dsc.uniarch.security.ADUser, you are using the ADUserSecurity interface.

If you are using ADUser, your dscsecuritiy.properties file should be as in the example below.Each line that requires modification is highlighted in red.# File currently configured for Local authentication.# Use this file to change/modify your method of authentication.

#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.LDAPUserIMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.ADUser#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.NTUser#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.MultiLDAPUser#NT_AUTH=xpro-vm4

#The following settings is for Active DirectoryAD_AUTH=LDAP://AD_Server/OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=comAD_USERS=LDAP://CN=Users,OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=comAD_GROUPS=LDAP://OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

#SiteMinder = on

27

Page 28: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

#SSO_USER_HEADERS=SM_USER#SSO_GROUPS_HEADERS=SM_GROUPS,SM_USERGROUPS,SM_USERNESTEDGROUPS#SSO_GROUP_DELIMITER=^#SSO_GROUP_FORMAT=LDAP#for User cache, the unit is secondUserCredentialCacheTimeout=1800#LDAP_CFG_PATH=c:/xPression/ldapcfg.properties

To move from ADUser to LDAPUser, modify your dscsecurity.properties file. To do so:

1. Change the implementation class from ADuser to LDAPuser "commenting out” the ADuserline and removing the comment designation from the LDAPuser line. Using the sampledscsecurity.properties file as an example, remove the pound sign (#) from the beginningof the LDAPuser line and place it in front of the ADuser line:IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.LDAPUser#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.ADUser

2. In the Active Directory section, “comment out” the AD_AUTH, AD_USERS, and AD_GROUPSlines. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties file as an example, place a pound sign (#)in front of each line:#AD_AUTH=LDAP://AD_Server/OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com#AD_USERS=LDAP://CN=Users,OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com#AD_GROUPS=LDAP://OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

3. Remove the comment designation from the LDAP_CFG_PATH line. Using the sampledscsecurity.properties file as an example, remove the pound sign (#) from the line:LDAP_CFG_PATH=c:/xPression/ldapcfg.properties

4. Save the dscsecurity.properties file. The resulting dscsecurity.properties fileshould be as in example below. Each line that has been modified is highlighted in red.# File currently configured for Local authentication.# Use this file to change/modify your method of authentication.

IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.LDAPUser#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.ADUser#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.NTUser#NT_AUTH=xpro-vm4

#The following settings is for Active Directory#AD_AUTH=LDAP://AD_Server/OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com#AD_USERS=LDAP://CN=Users,OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com#AD_GROUPS=LDAP://OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

#SiteMinder = on#SSO_USER_HEADERS=SM_USER#SSO_GROUPS_HEADERS=SM_GROUPS,SM_USERGROUPS,SM_USERNESTEDGROUPS#SSO_GROUP_DELIMITER=^#SSO_GROUP_FORMAT=LDAP#for User cache, the unit is secondUserCredentialCacheTimeout=1800LDAP_CFG_PATH=c:/xPression/ldapcfg.properties

5. Add your information from the AD_AUTH, AD_USERS, and AD_GROUPS lines to theldapcfg.properties file. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties file as an example,you must copy the following information to the ldapcfg.properties file:OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

28

Page 29: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

6. Open the ldapcfg.properties file. This file is located at the path defined in yourdscsecurity.properties file under the LDAP_CFG_PATH property.

7. Locate the LDAP_ADMIN_DN line. In this line, add the information from thedscsecurity.properties file. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties file as anexample, copy the following information to the LDAP_ADMIN_DN in the ldapcfg.propertiesfile:OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

The LDAP_ADMIN_DN line should look the following way:LDAP_ADMIN_DN=cn\=user1,ou\=testingad,dc\=docscience,dc\=com

8. Locate the LDAP_ADMIN_PWD line. This parameter is the password for the LDAP_ADMIN_DN useror the directory object. Your plain text password entry will be encrypted once the xPressionapplication is started. Supply the password for the LDAP_ADMIN_DN user.

9. Locate the LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT line. In this line, add the information from thedscsecurity.properties file. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties fileas an example, copy the following information to the LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT in theldapcfg.properties file:OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

The LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT line should look like the following code:LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT=cn\=user1,ou\=testingad,dc\=docscience,dc\=com

10. Locate the LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT line. In this line, add the information from thedscsecurity.properties file. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties fileas an example, copy the following information to the LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT in theldapcfg.properties file:OU=TestingAD,DC=docscience,DC=com

The LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT line should be:LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT=cn\=user1,ou\=testingad,dc\=docscience,dc\=com

11. Locate the LDAP_SERVER_URL line. In this line, add the information from the beginning of theAD_AUTH property in the dscsecurity.properties file. At the end of the line, supply thecorrect port number for the server. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties file as anexample, supply this value in the LDAP_SERVER_URL line as shown below.LDAP_SERVER_URL=ldap\://AD_Server\:389

12. Using the sample dscsecurity.properties file as an example, the resultingldapcfg.properties file should look like this. Each line that has been modified is highlightedin red.#Fri Oct 07 16:57:53 PDT 2005LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE=cnLDAP_ADMIN_PWD=2L4uf+2MjXrh5mo\=\r\nLDAP_ADMIN_DN=cn\=user1,ou\=testingad,dc\=docscience,dc\=comLDAP_USER_FILTER=(objectclass\=person)LDAP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE=memberLDAP_GROUP_FILTER=(&(objectclass\=group)(|(cn\=cgroup1)(cn\=cgroup2)))LDAP_SERVER_URL=ldap\://AD_Server\:389LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT=ou\=testingad,dc\=docscience,dc\=com

29

Page 30: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT=ou\=Groups,ou\=TestingAD,dc\=docscience,dc\=comLDAP_USER_MODE=FILTERANDGROUPLDAP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_FACTORY=com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory

13. Save and close the ldapcfg.properties file.

SiteMinder Authentication

SiteMinder is a third-party application that enforces single sign-on authentication on web servers.xPression supports the use of SiteMinder for xRevise and xResponse, though some SiteMinderconfiguration is required.

Currently, xPression must be configured manually for SiteMinder. After installing xPression, alter thedscsecurity.properties file by adding the property SiteMinder=on.# File currently configured for Local authentication.# Use this file to change/modify your method of authentication.IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.NTUserNT_AUTH=<SERVERNAME>

SiteMinder=on

SSO_USER_HEADERS=SM_USERSSO_GROUPS_HEADERS=SM_GROUPS, SM_USERGROUPS,SM_USERNESTEDGROUPSSSO_GROUP_DELIMITER=^SSO_GROUP_FORMAT=LDAP

#The following settings is for Active Directory#IMPL_CLASS=com.dsc.uniarch.security.user.ADUser#AD_AUTH=LDAP://<domain_ip_address>/DC=<domain_name>#AD_USERS=LDAP://CN=Users,DC=<domain_name>#AD_GROUPS=LDAP://DC=<domain_name>

In addition to setting SiteMinder=on in dscsecurity.properties, create the following unprotectedrealms within the SiteMinder configuration to support xEditor for xRevise.

• xRevise/xEditor

• xRevise/services

To support xEditor for xResponse create the following two unprotected realms within the SiteMinderconfiguration

• xResponse/xEditor

• xResponse/services

In either case, ensure that no rules are associated with the realms.

When SiteMinder support is activated, the xResponse and xRevise login pages will automaticallybegin posting data to SiteMinder instead of xPression. Additionally, SiteMinder will be able to accessxRevise and xResponse using either of the following two methods:• A FastPath login (forwarding the SiteMinder headings from the current application)

• A direct login to either xResponse or xRevise through the login page for either application

30

Page 31: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Access Through FastPath

To access xResponse or xRevise through FastPath, SiteMinder must pass the required fastpathUser Name and Groups values through the SiteMinder http headers named "SM_USER" and"SM_GROUP".

If the SiteMinder property is "on" and valid values are passed through the SiteMinder HTTP headers,xRevise and xResponse will bypass normal password authentication, deferring to SiteMinderauthentication. All current options of FastPath will be available to SiteMinder.

For more information on FastPath, see the xResponse User Guide and xRevise User Guide.

Access Through Direct Login

xResponse and xRevise will still be accessible through SiteMinder for independent login, however,xResponse and xRevise will not be able to communicate authentication to one another.

This means that SiteMinder will provide authentication for independent login to xResponse orxRevise, but will not be able to provide Single Sign-On services.

User Exit Authentication

You can implement a Java user exit to provide authentication. This process involves modifying thedscsecurity.properties file, creating some new properties files, and compiling the Java code that youhave created. See xPression Server Integration Guide for more information.

ClusteringxPression can be deployed to a clustered environment. Refer to the your application serverdocumentation for instructions on how to enable and support clustering in your environment.

xPression Groups Messages

In clustered environments, multiple xPression servers access the same xPression database. xPressionuses caches to ensure optimal performance by avoiding the need to access the database continuouslywhile processing document publishing requests. However, since the database can be updated atany time by any server, it is important that all of the servers are made aware of any changes to thedatabase so that they can update their respective caches. Whenever an application server instanceupdates the database and determines that the update is eligible for caching, xPression must send amessage to every application server instance.

xPression uses xPression Groups (based on jGroups) to send these messages for local cast, unicast,and multicast broadcast message types. The xPression Server installer enables you to configurexPression Groups as Unicast, page 32, Multicast, page 32, or Local Cast, page 32.

31

Page 32: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

If you want to make adjustments to the xPression Groups configuration, you can edit your settings inthe xPressionCache.properties file located in the xPressionHome directory.

Unicast

This method should be used when IP Multicast is disabled by your network administrator. xPressionGroups supports Unicast messages through TCP protocol. Configure Unicast for your server whileinstalling the xPression Server. You will need to know your cluster membership IP address, clustermembership port, local xPression Server IP address, and the local xPression Server port.

Multicast

This method should be used when you want to use IP Multicast. Ensure that IP Multicast is availablein your network environment. Configure Multicast for your server while installing the xPressionServer. You will need to have an available IP multicast address.

Ensure that each multicast address used in your enterprise is unique. Coordinate with your networkmanagement team to ensure that no other hardware or software is using that same multicast address.Request that the network management team assign a unique multicast IP address for each xPressiondatabase in your enterprise.

Local Cast

xPression is configured to use Local cast by default. Use Local cast when xPression is used in asingle-server environment. xPression will only send messages to the local machine.

Horizontal Cluster Requirement

Each server in a horizontal cluster must have a distribution service running on their system. Ifa server in a horizontal cluster does not have a distribution service running, some archive, e-mail,and print documents may not get processed.

The Distribution service can be enabled on all servers in a Horizontal cluster.

Vertical Clusters

Vertical clusters are still limited to a single distribution service in the cluster.

32

Page 33: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

SAP System LandscapexPression can be integrated into the SAP System Landscape. To use xPression in the SAP SystemLandscape, it is necessary to register xPression.

To register xPression in the SAP System Landscape:1. Locate the easySolManReady.zip file in the xPression home directory.

2. Extract the contents of easySolManReady.zip to <drive>\SolManReady. Create the folder ifnecessary.

3. Locate the ThirdPartySystem.txt file in the SolManReady folder created in step 2 and set thefollowing.

Setting Value

LocalSystemName The name of your environment. For example: EMCTestor EMCProd.

ComputerName The name of the server where xPression is installed.

ProductID 0120061532090000440

ProductName EMC xPression

ProductVendor sap.com

ProductVersion 4.6

SoftwareComponentID 01200615320200015844

SoftwareComponentName EMC_xPression

SoftwareComponentVendor sap.com

SoftwareComponentVersion 4.6

4. Save ThirdPartySystem.txt.

5. On the xPression server, open a command line and navigate to the folder created in step 2.

6. From the command line execute the following:java ThirdPartySystemXMLGenerator . ThirdPartySystem.txt ThirdPartySystem.template. ThirdPartySystem.xml

This action updates ThirdPartySystem.xml.

7. From the command line execute the following:java ThirdPartyPassToSLD <sld_host> <sld_http_port> <sld_user>3rd_ <sld_pwd>ThirdPartySystem.xml

The following information can be retrieved from the SAP environment:• <sld_host>

• <sld_http_port>

• <sld_user>

• <sld_pwd>

33

Page 34: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

The actual command would resemble this:java ThirdPartyPassToSLD iccsolman40.sap.com 55500 3rd_party isvconnect08ThirdPartySystem.xml

Requirements, Recommendations, andLimitationsThe following section lists special requirements for particular platforms and applications.• xPression Requires Exclusive Environment, page 34

• JBoss and WebLogic Installation Paths, page 34

• Multiple Instances of xPression, page 34

• Databases That Require a Database Client, page 35

• Removing Existing xPression Server, page 35

• Installing the xAdapter, page 36

• Database Issues, page 36

• License Validation with Linux, page 36

• Autograph and xPression on the Same Server, page 37

xPression Requires Exclusive Environment

The Application Server environment where the EAR file is deployed must be exclusive to xPressionunless non-xPression components rely on the xPression server/database to function, such as customcode developed by EMC Document Sciences. Under those circumstances, such non-xPressioncomponents may be deployed alongside the xPression applications.

JBoss and WebLogic Installation Paths

xPression does not support JBoss and WebLogic servers installed to paths using non-Latin characters.

Multiple Instances of xPression

xPression provides limited support for deploying multiple instances of xPression on the samemachine. Depending on the operating system, application server, and application server startupmethod, multiple instances of xPression Servermay or may not be run on the same operating systeminstance. xPression has several operating requirements that must be fulfilled in order to functionproperly, most notably the requirement to maintain a separate native code execution path.

34

Page 35: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Each operating system and application server vendor has different mechanisms to configure andstart its application server JVMs, making it difficult or impossible to document all the differentcombinations in the installation guide. This installation guide documents the simplest xPressioninstallations for each supported operating system and application server only. Consult the EMCDocument Sciences Professional Services team for more advanced installations, particularlyimplementations involving multiple instances and clusters. EMC Document Sciences will supportxPression environments under these circumstances only when all xPression operating requirements,including native code designation, are correctly configured for each instance.

Installing Multiple xPression Servers on the Same Machine

In most situations, you can install multiple xPression Servers on the same machine.

To install multiple xPression Servers on the same machine, you must install all xPression Serversto different locations. If you attempt to install the xPression Server in a location where an existingxPression Server resides, the installation program will revert to Reinstallation mode, which enablesto you completely or partially reinstall the existing server. For more information, see ReinstallingxPression Server, page 192.

Additionally, the xPression installer updates the “xPressionHome” operating system environmentvariable each time xPression is installed. Therefore, if you have multiple xPression installationson the same system, the variable will contain the path for the latest installation only. All otherxPressionHome paths should be manually added to the application server classpath.

Databases That Require a Database Client

For DB2 databases, xPression requires that you install a database client application on all xPressionServers. This database client application enables the connection between the server and the xPressiondatabase.

EMC Document Sciences also recommends that you also install database client applications if youare using SQL Server or Oracle. Installing the client application on the server generally simplifiesthe configuration process by installing needed files (for example, the database drivers), and helpswith debugging.

Removing Existing xPression Server

EMC Document Sciences recommends that you remove any existing xPression Server that resideson the application server where you will install xPression. Remove the xPression Server beforestarting the xPression installation steps. See Removing xPression Completely, page 192 for detailedinformation.

35

Page 36: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

Installing the xAdapter

The xAdapter uses any combination of real-time integration, near-time integration, or batchintegration models to collect and merge XML files for later processing by the Batch capabilitiesof xPression. The xPression installation program enables you to deploy the xAdapter EAR file.Configuration steps for the xAdapter application are integrated into the configuration steps foryour application server.

EMC Document Sciences provides two versions of the xAdapter application: one with a JMS listenerand one without. The JMS functionality is used specifically for companies that use JMS/MQ to sendmessages, and is the only difference between the standard Adapter (non-JMS) and the JMS Adapter.

Select either of the following files to install xAdapter:• If you need the JMS functionality, use the xPRS_EE4.6.0_JMS_your_server.ear file.

• If you do NOT need the JMS functionality and would like to use xAdapter, use thexPRS_EE4.6.0_your_server.ear file.

Database Issues

Review the following general database issues.

Copying an xPression Database

If you copy an xPression database to a new environment and that database contains xPressiondocuments, youmust clear the t_cruuid table in the xPression database before using that environment.

Migration Limitation for Oracle Databases

When using the xPression Utilities in xAdmin to migration a document from a non-Oracle databaseto an Oracle database, ensure you perform the following steps.

In the Oracle database, adjust the max length of fields value to ensure that the database can storemulti-byte characters. Multibyte (non-ASCII) characters in Oracle are handled as three-bytecharacters. Therefore, when migrating from other databases, it is necessary to adjust max length andcolumn length for fields containing multi-byte characters accordingly.

License Validation with Linux

For xPression license to successfully validate, you must provide the server entry in the .etc/hostsfile. If there is no value, the loopback address (127.0.0.1) is used. For example:10.0.4.194 myserver.mydoman myserver

36

Page 37: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

The NETWORK and BROADCAST parameters in the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0 file must be set appropriately.

Autograph and xPression on the Same Server

If you are running a version of the Autograph software suite from EMC Document Sciences, youcan install xPression on the same server that hosts Autograph. However, if the server is a Windowsserver, you must ensure that the xPressionHome\Drivers path appears in your Windowsenvironment variable list first. This is not an issue for UNIX servers.

To Add the Path to System Variables1. From the Windows Start Menu, select Settings, Control Panel, and System.

2. In the System properties, select the Advanced tab and click Environment Variables.

3. In the System variables list, select Path and click Edit.

4. Ensure that the path to your xPressionHome\Drivers directory appears first in this list.By default, the path is C:\xPression\Drivers.

5. Click OK to save your changes.

37

Page 38: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Before You Install

38

Page 39: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 2Step One: Configure DB2 Database

This chapter contains configuration instructions for installing the xPression database on a DB2database.

At this point in the installation, you should have:• Reviewed the System Requirements chapter of the xPression Release Notes available onhttps://support.emc.com or in your downloaded documentation package.

• Reviewed the issues listed in Chapter 1, Before You Install.

About the xPression DatabaseThe xPression database is the center of the xPression system and must be installed first. It is thecentralized location for all your content, images, and xPression data. The xPression database isa relational database that stores all the data needed for assembling, formatting and publishingpersonalized documents. The xPression database is a fully indexed database that holds all thecontent, images, document templates, rules, profiles, and internal data that xPression uses to create,manage, and publish your documents.

In an unclustered environment, there is one xPression database in each xPression installation. For aclustered environment, one xPression database is used by the computers participating in the cluster.

The xPression database holds different types of information: xPression data objects, rules, text objects(documents), and binary objects (images). The xPression database is hosted in a relational database.

Caution: EMC Document Sciences strongly recommends that you create a new database forxPression database. During the setup process, you will be modifying the database configurationfile. These modifications impact the entire database and could adversely effect any existingobjects.

DB2 on Linux

For all DB2 users on Linux, make the following change to the .profile file. Locate theLD_LIBRARY_PATH. Add the path to the lib64 directory:<db2_install_home>/lib64

39

Page 40: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Step One: Start the Database ManagerBefore you can create a database or perform any tasks on a database, you must start the DB2 databasemanager. The database manager may be configured to start automatically when your server starts,but perform this to ensure that it is started.

If you are using a Windows machine for your database server platform, you can start the databasemanager service from the Windows Services as shown in Start the Database Manager Service withWindows Services, page 40. For both Windows and UNIX based systems, you can Start the DatabaseManager from the Command Line, page 40.

Start the Database Manager Service with WindowsServices

Start Services from the Administrative Tools section of the Windows Control Panel.

Locate the following two services:• DB2DAS – DB2DAS00

• DB2-DB2-0

Right-click each service and select Start.

These services must be started before performing any operations on a database. After both serviceshave started, close the Services window.

Start the Database Manager from the Command Line

You can perform this step on Windows systems. Start the IBM DB2 Command Line Processor (CLP)by executing the following command from a command prompt: db2cmd.

In the DB2 CLP command window, execute the following two commands:

db2start

db2admin start

These commands are necessary before performing any operations on a database.

Start the Database Manager on UNIX and Linux

If you are logged on to your workstation using either the DB2 UDB Administration Server user ID orthe DB2 UDB instance user ID, you can issue DB2 UDB commands and SQL statements from thecommand line.

Type the following command from the terminal command line window:

db2start

40

Page 41: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Step Two: Create a New DB2 DatabaseThe xPression database must support Universal Transport Format 8 (UTF-8).

When creating a new database, keep in mind the following DB2 database naming conventions:• A database name or alias must be a unique character string consisting of one to eight characters.Supported characters are A-Z, 0-9, @, #, $.

• You can type the database name or alias using lowercase letters, but the database managerprocesses them as if they were uppercase.

• The first character of the database name or alias cannot be a number.

• The database name or alias cannot begin with the following sequences: SYS, DBM, IBM.

You can use one of two methods to create the new database:• Create the Database from the Command Line, page 41

• DB2: Create the Database with IBM DB2 Control Center, page 41

Create the Database from the Command LineTo create the database from the command line:1. Start the IBM DB2 Command Line Processor by executing the following command from a

command prompt: db2cmd. Linux and AIX users can skip this step and enter the DB2 commanddirectly from the command line.

2. In the DB2 CLP command window, execute the Create Database command:db2 CREATE DATABASE <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME> ON <DRIVE_LETTER> USINGCODESET UTF-8 TERRITORY US COLLATE USING SYSTEM

The following sample shows a complete Create Database command:db2 CREATE DATABASE XPRESSCR ON D: USING CODESET UTF-8 TERRITORY US COLLATE USINGSYSTEM

In this example, <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME> is the name you want to provide for the newdatabase and <DRIVE_LETTER> is letter of the hard drive where you are creating the database.For Linux or AIX, do not specify a drive letter. For example:db2 CREATE DATABASE XPRESSCR USING CODESET UTF-8 TERRITORY US COLLATE USING SYSTEM

3. When finished, proceed to Step Three: Create a New Database User, page 43.

Note: If you are running the Command Line Processor in Interactive mode, you do not have topreface every command with "db2". In Interactive mode, your command prompt will appear asfollows: db2 => The examples in this chapter assume you are not using Interactive mode.

DB2: Create the Database with IBM DB2 Control Center

For Windows systems, select IBM DB2 Control Center from the Windows Start Menu. For UNIXand Linux systems, start the IBM DB2Control Center by typing the following command from theterminal command line window: db2cc

41

Page 42: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

When the IBM DB2 Control Center appears, complete the following steps to create your database.If you are given a choice of how you want to view the DB2 Control Center, you must choose theAdvanced View, not the Basic View.

1. In the object tree, expand the All Databases item. Right-click All Databases, select CreateDatabase, and click Standard.

2. If you have more than one DB2 database instance, the Instance Selection box appears. Select thedatabase instance for your xPression database and click OK.

3. The Create Database Wizard appears. On the Name page, define the following settings and leaveall other settings empty or at their default value:• Database Name— Type a one-to-eight character name for the database using the namingconventions discussed on Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

• Default Path— Select the drive where you want to place the xPression database.

• Alias— This is an optional setting. If no alias is provided, the specified database name isused. A database alias uses the same naming conventions as the database name. These arediscussed on Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

• Let DB2 manage my storage/I want to manage my storage manually— Select I want tomanage my storage manually.

• Default bufferpool and table space page size— Select 8k.

Click Next.

4. The next three wizard pages refer to the USER, CATALOG, and TEMPORARY tablespaces.Each of these tablespaces is created with the new database. You must decide how you want thetablespaces created.You can select either Low Maintenance or High Performance. The Low Maintenance methodcreates the tablespace as a System Managed Space (SMS), and the High Performance methodcreates the tablespace as a Database Managed Space (DMS).Your Database Administrator should choose one of these methods based on the type of device,your needs, and your performance requirements. Make your selection and click Next.

5. For "Specify how and where to store the system catalog tables” , refer to the instructions forstep 4. Make your selection and click Next.

6. For "Specify how and where to store system temporary tables” , refer to the instructions forstep 4. Make your selection and click Next.

7. You are not required to make any changes on the "Tune the performance of the darabase” page.Click Next.

8. On the "Specify the locale for this database” page, define your region and territory, select UTF-8as the Code Set, and select System as the Collating Sequence.

9. On the Summary page, review your choices and click Finish. DB2 Control Center creates thexPression database. When finished, proceed to Step Three: Create a New Database User, page 43.

42

Page 43: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Step Three: Create a New Database UserCreate a user account on DB2 for xPression. This user must be authenticated on the local operatingsystem. This user enables the xPression application to access the xPression database DB2 database.If you need to perform maintenance on the xPression database, use the database administratoruser that you created when you installed DB2.

There are two methods for creating a new DB2 user:• Creating the User from the DB2 Command Line Processor, page 43

• Creating the User from DB2 Control Center, page 44

Creating the User from the DB2 Command LineProcessor

DB2 does not validate if the user you create is authenticated on the local operating system, you mustvalidate this on your own. To create the user from the command line, complete the following steps:

1. Ensure you have created a user account on your local operating system to use as the databaseuser. In the following steps you will assign DB2 authorities to this user.

2. Log on to the xPression database you created in Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41as an Administrative User:db2 connect to <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> user <ADMIN USER> using<PASSWORD>The <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> is the name of the database you created in Step Two:Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.For example: db2 connect to xpresscr user db2admin using db2admin

3. Use the ’grant’ command to grant the following authorities to the database user:Create Table Connect Implicit Schema Load Bind new package (BINDADD)db2 grant CREATETAB, BINDADD, CONNECT, IMPLICIT_SCHEMA, LOAD ONDATABASE to user <XPRESSION DATABASE USER NAME>

In this example, the <XPRESSION DATABASE USER NAME> is the name you are giving to thenew user. For example, if you are giving your new user the name "xpress”, you would typethe following:db2 grant createtab, connect, bindadd, implicit_schema, load ondatabase to user xpress

4. Terminate the connection:db2 terminate

When finished, proceed to Step Five: Run xPression Database Scripts, page 47.

43

Page 44: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Creating the User from DB2 Control CenterTo create a user from the DB2 Control Center, start the Control Center and completethe following steps:1. Ensure you have created a user account on your local operating system to use as the database

user. In the following steps you will assign DB2 authorities to this user.

2. Expand the All Databases folder.

3. In the All Databases folder you should see your xPression database. Expand the xPressiondatabase item.

4. Expand the Users and Groups Objects folder and select the DB Users folder.

5. Right-click DB Users and select Add.

6. The Add User page appears.Select the user name from the User list. This list contains users from the from the local operatingsystem. Only users already authenticated on the local operating system are eligible for inclusionon this list.Select the Connect database, Create tables, Create Packages, Create schemas implicitly, Accessto the load utility authorities.

7. Click OK to complete the process.When finished, proceed to Step Four: Create Buffer Pool and Tablespaces, page 44.

Step Four: Create Buffer Pool and TablespacesYou must create an 8K buffer pool and two 8K table spaces. These steps must be done under thedatabase administrator username, not the xPression database user you created in Step Three: Create aNew Database User, page 43.

Creating an 8K Buffer Pool and Table Spaces With theCommand Line1. Start the IBM DB2 Command Line Processor by running the following command from a

command prompt: db2cmd. Linux and AIX users can skip this step and enter the DB2 commanddirectly from the command line.

2. Log on to the xPression database you created in Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41as an Administrative User:db2 connect to <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> user <ADMIN USER> using <PASSWORD>The <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> is the name of the database you created in Step Two:Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.For example:db2 connect to xpresscr user db2admin using db2admin

44

Page 45: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

3. Next, create an 8k buffer pool with the following command:db2 CREATE Bufferpool BP8 IMMEDIATE SIZE 250 PAGESIZE 8 K

4. Next, create and 8k regular tablespace with the following command:db2 CREATE REGULAR TABLESPACE TS8 PAGESIZE 8 K MANAGED BY SYSTEMUSING (’<CONTAINER_PATH>\<CONTAINER_NAME>’ ) EXTENTSIZE 8 OVERHEAD 10.5PREFETCHSIZE 8 TRANSFERRATE 0.14 BUFFERPOOL BP8 DROPPED TABLE RECOVERY ON<CONTAINER_PATH> is a real path to a DB2 sub-directory. For example:C:\DB2\NODE0000\SQL00001\<CONTAINER_NAME> is the name you give to your new tablespace container.For example, CON8. Add this name to the end of your path, for example:(’C:\DB2\NODE0000\SQL00001\CON8’)

5. Next, type the following command:db2 COMMENT ON TABLESPACE TS8 IS ’table space with page size 8192’

6. Next, create and 8k system tablespace with the following command:db2 CREATE SYSTEM TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TS8sys PAGESIZE 8 K MANAGED BYSYSTEMUSING (’<CONTAINER_PATH>\<CONTAINER_NAME>’ ) EXTENTSIZE 8 OVERHEAD10.5 PREFETCHSIZE 8 TRANSFERRATE 0.14 BUFFERPOOL BP8<CONTAINER_PATH> is a real path to a DB2 sub-directory. For example:C:\DB2\NODE0000\SQL00001\<CONTAINER_NAME> is the name you give to your new tablespace container. Tablespacescannot share containers. Ensure you give the container for the system tablespace a different namethan the container for the regular tablespace. At the end of the path, type the name for your newtablespace. For example, CON8sys: (’C:\DB2\NODE0000\SQL00001\CON8sys’)

7. Next, grant ’use’ privileges to the xPression database user: db2 grant use of tablespace<TABLESPACE_NAME> to user <XPRESSION_DATABASE_USERNAME>; where<TABLESPACE_NAME> is the name of the regular tablespace you created above and<XPRESSION_DATABASE_USERNAME> is the xPression database user name. For example: db2grant use of tablespace TS8 to user xpress

8. For these changes to take effect, you must disconnect from the database:db2 terminate

Creating an 8K Buffer Pool and Table Spaces With theDB2 Control Center

In the left pane of the Control Center, expand the item for your xPression database and locate thefolder named Buffer Pools. Right-click the folder and select Create. The Create Buffer Pool dialogbox appears, set the following options and click OK.

• Buffer Pool Name— BP8

• Page Size— 8

• Size in 8 KB Pages— 250

45

Page 46: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

• Non-blocked/blocked— Leave at default value

• Enable self tuning— Leave unchecked

• Use default buffer pool size— Leave unchecked

• Create Bufferpool Immediately / Create bufferpool on database restart— Select CreateBufferpool Immediately

Next create an 8k regular tablespace. Before creating the tablespace in the DB2 Control Center, Createtwo sub-directories in your DB2 directory as follows:

For Windows, navigate to your DB2 directory and create two directories named CON8 and CON8sys.For example:C:\DB2\NODE0000\CON8 C:\DB2\NODE0000\CON8sys

For UNIX and Linux, navigate to your DB2 directory and create two directories named CON8 andCON8sys. For example:/opt/IBM/db2/v9.5/containers/CON8 /opt/IBM/db2/v9.5/containers/CON8sys

In the left pane of the Control Center, locate the folder named Table Spaces. Right-click the folderand select Create. The Create Table Space Wizard appears. To create the table spaces, complete thefollowing steps.

1. In the "Specify a Name for Your New Table Space” page, type TS8 and selct I want to managemy store manually; then click Next.

2. In the "Specify the Type of Table You Want to Create” page, select Regular and click Next.

3. In the "Specify a Buffer Pool for Your New Table Space” page, select BP8 and click Next.

4. In the "Select the Space Management System You Want to Use” page, select System-managedspace (low maintenance) and click Next.

5. In the "Define Containers for this Table Space” page, Click Add.

6. Navigate to the DB2 sub-directory where you created the CON8 and CON8sys directories.For Windows: C:\DB2\NODE0000\For UNIX and Linux: /opt/IBM/db2/v9.5/containers/Select the CON8 directory and click OK. Click Next.

7. In the "Specify the Extent and Prefetch Sizes for this Table Space” page, select Less than 50 MBin the Determining Recommended Settings section. This should result in an Extent size of 8and a Prefetch size of 8. Click Next.

8. In the "Describe Hard Drive Specifications” page, Even if the High-Performance Server isselected, click this option again. This should result in an Overhead setting up 10.5 and a Transfersetting of 0.14. Click Next.

9. In the "Specify the Dropped Table Recovery Option for Your New Table Space” page, selectEnable dropped table recovery. Click Next.

10. When the summary page appears, review your selections and click Finish.

11. Next, create an 8k system table space. In the left pane of the Control Center, right-click TableSpaces and select Create. The Create Table Space Wizard appears. To create the table spaces,complete the following steps.

46

Page 47: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

12. In the "Specify a Name for Your New Table Space” page, type TS8sys in the Table space namebox. In the Comment box, type system temp tablespace and click Next.

13. In the "Specify the Type of Table You Want to Create” page, select System Temporary and clickNext.

14. In the "Specify a Buffer Pool for Your New Table Space” page, select BP8 and click Next.

15. In the "Select the Space Management System You Want to Use” page, select System-managedspace (low maintenance) and click Next.

16. In the "Define Containers for this Table Space” page, Click Add.

17. Navigate to the DB2 sub-directory where you created the CON8 and CON8sys directories.For Windows: C:\DB2\NODE0000\For UNIX and Linux: /opt/IBM/db2/v9.5/containers/Select the CON8sys directory and click OK. Click Next.

18. In the "Specify the Extent and Prefetch Sizes for this Table Space” page, select Less than 50 MBin the Determining Recommended Settings section. This should result in an Extent size of 8and a Prefetch size of 8. Click Next.

19. In the "Describe Hard Drive Specifications” page, Even if the High-Performance Server is selected,click this option again. This should result in an Overhead setting up 10.5 and a Transfer setting of0.14. Click Next. When the summary page appears, review your selections and click Finish.

20. Finally grant ’use’ privileges to the xPression database user. Select Table Spaces from the leftconsole pane. Select the TS8 table in the list of table spaces. Right-click TS8 and select Privileges.

21. Click Add User and select your xPression database user from the list. Click OK. The xPressiondatabase user name should appear in the list.

22. Select the xPression database user name and click Grant All.

23. In the "Select Grant Option” box, selectWith Grant option and click OK.

24. From the "Privileges: USE” drop-down box, select Grant. Notice that two check marks nowappear behind the xPression database user name in the list.

25. Click OK.

Step Five: Run xPression Database ScriptsIn this step you will execute two scripts from the Windows command line. The first script creates allthe xPression database tables. The second script supplies a set of base data for the xPression database.Do not run these scripts in Interactive mode. These scripts are located in your software installation orupgrade package. They are not available for download on Support Zone.

1. Start the IBM DB2 Command Line Processor by running the following command from acommand prompt: db2cmd. Linux users can skip this step and enter the DB2 commands directlyfrom the command line.

2. Log on using the new user name you created in Step Three: Create a New Database User, page43. For this example we will call this the <XPRESSION DATABASE USER NAME>.

47

Page 48: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

If you do not log on to db2 as the xPression database user, the xPression database tables will becreated under the wrong schema and xPression will fail to run.db2 connect to <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> user <XPRESSION DATABASE USERNAME> using <PASSWORD>

For example:db2 connect to xpresscr user xpress using xpress

3. Run the following xPression database scripts in order:• <xPression CD>\Cr_Scripts\DB2_install.ddl

• <xPression CD>\Cr_Scripts\DB2_basicdata.ddl

EMC Document Sciences supplies these scripts for you. Ensure you are using the DB2 version ofthe scripts. If you are running the installation from a network location, supply the path to thenetwork location where you copied the files from your xPression installation CD.To run the scripts, use the following command:db2 -vtf <PATH>/<SQL Script Name>

For example: db2 -vtf D:\Cr_Scripts\DB2_install.ddl

For UNIX, AIX, or Linux, use the following paths and substitute the specific mount point foryour UNIX CD drive.db2 -vtf /xPressionCD/Cr_Scripts/DB2_install.ddl

You can send the screen display to a log file for review. Simply add the following text to thepaths shown in step 2.-z C:\CRInstall.logFor example:db2 -vtf D:\Cr_Scripts\DB2_install.ddl -z C:\CRInstall.log

The -z parameter will create the log file if it does not exist. If it does exist, it will append thelog to the end of the existing file.

4. If you are using Satori Software’s Bulk Mailer volume mailing preparation software withxPression and need support for Canada or the United Kingdom, you must run the followingscripts to add new fields to your data source:• DB2_Satori_Fields_CA.ddl

• DB2_Satori_Fields_UK.ddl

5. When finished, proceed to Step Six: Test the xPression Database, page 48.

Step Six: Test the xPression DatabaseTo ensure that your xPression database was created correctly, validate that you are able to successfullyquery data from a xPression database table.

1. Query a table from the xPression database. For this test we will query a table named t_locale.Type:db2 select * from t_locale

48

Page 49: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

2. If the query returns data from the t_locale table, then the xPression database was installedcorrectly. The query results should look similar to the following example.LOCALECODE DESCRIPTION ISSYSTEMDEFAULTen_US English 1de_DE Germanfr_FG Frenches_ES Spanish

3. When finished, proceed to Step Seven: Modify Database Configuration, page 49.

Step Seven: Modify Database ConfigurationSome of the default settings for your new database are not sufficient for xPression’s needs. Youneed to increase the size of the following parameters located in the database configuration file. Youcan increase these parameters to a higher level than we are recommending if the complexity ofyour applications warrants such an increase.• Modifying a DB2 Database Configuration, page 49

• Setting resultSetHoldability attribute for DB2, page 89

Modifying a DB2 Database Configuration

To modify the database configuration using the command line, complete the following steps:

1. If it is not already running, start the IBM DB2 Command Line Processor and log on to thexPression database as the user you created in Step Three: Create a New Database User, page 43.

2. Change the values of these parameters with the following command:db2 update database configuration for <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> using logfilsiz 2000In this example, <XPRESSION DATABASE NAME> is the name of the database you created inStep Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

3. For this change to become effective, you must disconnect from the database:db2 terminate

4. When finished, proceed to the Post-Installation Tasks.

Step Eight: Back Up Your DatabaseWhile this step is optional, EMC Document Sciences recommends that you back up your database atthis time. The best time to back up your new xPression database is immediately after completing yourdatabase installation. Contact your database administrator for assistance in backing up your database.

49

Page 50: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Step Nine: Enable Full-Text SearchingYou must configure full-text searching on your database to enable text searching in xPression.Full-text searching requires that you install the DB2 Text Search component. DB2 Text Search is anoptional component included with the installation of all DB2 database server products.

Create DB2DBDFT Environment Variable

db2text.exe requires that you create the DB2DBDFT environment variable on your system.

Create DB2DBDFT Variable on Windows

To create the variable for Windows:1. Right-clickMy Computer and select Properties.

2. Select the Advanced tab and click the Environment Variables button.

3. Click New in the System Variable section.

4. In the Variable name box, type: DB2DBDFTThe variable name is case-sensitive.

5. In the Variable value box, type: <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME>where <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME> is the name of the xPression database you created in Step Two: Create aNew DB2 Database, page 41.

6. Click OK.

Create DB2DBDFT on UNIX and Linux

For UNIX and Linux systems:

Set the following environment variable:$ DB2DBDFT = <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME>$ export DB2DBDFT

Where <XPRESSION_DATABASE_NAME> is the name of the xPression database you created in StepTwo: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41. The variable name is case-sensitive.

Enable Full-Text SearchBefore performing this step, ensure you are logged in as the database administrator.To enable full-text searching:1. After creating the environment variable, type the following command from the command

line:db2text start

50

Page 51: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

2. From the command line, type:db2text enable database for text

3. From the command line, type:db2text create index <xPression database User Name>.text_index on<xPression database User Name>.t_textdata(data) for text

Replace <xPression database User Name> with the name of your xPression database. For example:db2text create index xpress.text_index on xpress.t_textdata(data) fortext

4. From the command line, type:db2text create index <xPression database User Name>.text_index2 on<xPression database User Name>.t_ruleelement(detail) for text

Replace <XPRESSION_DATABASE_USERNAME> with the name of your xPression database. Forexample:db2text create index xpress.text_index2 on xpress.t_ruleelement(detail)for text

5. From the command line, type:db2text update index <XPRESSION_DATABASE_USERNAME>.text_index for text

6. From the command line, type:db2text update index xpress.text_index2 for text

xPression requires that you set up the indexing engine to run automatically on the server that hostsyour DB2 xPression database. The indexing engine should always be running. To start the indexserver on the DB2 computer, use the db2text start command.

The update index commands used in steps five and six above enable you to search your content forspecific words. The content search function will only find words that existed in your content at thetime of your last update. For this reason, you should update the indexes frequently or set up yourdatabase to automatically update your indexes.

Automatically Updating Your Index

By default, the full-text search index does not automatically update itself. You need to either performmanual updates frequently, or you can set up an automatic update for your text search index usingthe Alter Index command. For example, to update the index Monday through Friday at noon andagain at 5:00pm, you would type:

DB2TEXT ALTER INDEX XPRESSION.text_index FOR TEXT UPDATE FREQUENCYD(1,2,3,4,5) H(12,17) M(00)

Caution: Be aware that automatic updates can adversely impact database performance.Automatic updates should only be set up by database administrators. EMC Document Sciencesrecommends that you consult your DB2 documentation for more information about indexing.

51

Page 52: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure DB2 Database

Auditing Your xPression DatabaseYou can set up triggers in your xPression database to audit tables and extract information. You canset up triggers to capture any information you want to gather. For example, you can set up triggersto capture information about which user last changed a work item. This information would assistin debugging by identifying who made the changes, and would also enable you to verify proposedchanges with the previous user.

Your database administrator can set up the triggers to gather the desired information.

DB2 StopwordsStopwords are common words that are not indexed by the database and therefore cannot be searchedfor through a full-text search. This list is controlled by your database vendor. For the purposes offull-text searching, xPression ignores all stopwords. To view the list of stopwords for DB2, see thestopword list <LANGUAGE>.tsw in ..sqllib/db2ext/resources

where <LANGUAGE> is the LANGUAGE value from the CREATE INDEX command. We don’t setthis parameter while creating the index, so it follows the default value. The default value is from theDB2EXT.DBDEFAULTS view where DEFAULTNAME=’LANGUAGE’.

DB2 LimitationsBe aware of the following DB2 limitation. Because DB2 does not support the use of dashes in databasenames, ensure you do not use dashes when naming your xPression database.

52

Page 53: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 3Step One: Configure Oracle Database

This chapter contains complete installation and configuration instructions for installing the xPressiondatabase on an Oracle database. At this point in the installation, you should have:• Reviewed the System Requirements chapter of the xPression Release Notes.

• Reviewed the issues listed in Chapter 1, Before You Install.

About the xPression DatabaseThe xPression database is the center of the xPression system and must be installed first. It is thecentralized location for all your content, images, and xPression data. The xPression database isa relational database that stores all the data needed for assembling, formatting and publishingpersonalized documents. The xPression database is a fully indexed database that holds all thecontent, images, document templates, rules, profiles, and internal data that xPression uses to create,manage, and publish your documents.

In an non-clustered environment, each xPression installation has an xPression database. For aclustered environment, a same xPression database is used by the computers participating in thecluster.

The xPression database holds different types of information: xPression data objects, rules, text objects(documents), and binary objects (images). The xPression database is hosted in a relational database.

Overview of xPression Database Installation1. Create a new database for the xPression database.

2. Create an xPression user for the xPression database and run the provided xPression databaseSQL installation scripts.

3. Validate that the xPression database is installed properly by querying data from a table.

4. You can optionally modify the database configuration file parameters based on the needs ofyour system and documents.

Important Information About Oracle Databases

This section contains important information about the use of Oracle with xPression.

53

Page 54: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

Using Oracle with Other Databases

If you use Oracle as your xPression database, ensure that you avoid using DB2 relational databases tosupply customer data to the xPression Server. You may encounter an issue where you are unable toretrieve customer data. EMC Document Sciences recommends against using this configuration.

The Oracle Client Application

EMC Document Sciences recommends that you install your Oracle database client application onyour xPression Server. Installing the client on your server generally simplifies the configurationprocess by installing needed files (for example, the Oracle drivers), and helps with debugging.

Oracle Requirement

If you are installing Oracle on a computer that uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), oron an offline computer that you plan to connect to a network after the installation, Oracle requiresthat you install a loopback adapter.

Ensure that your environment meets this requirement before beginning the xPression databaseinstallation.

For more information, see the Oracle Database Installation Guide.

Migration Limitation

Multi-byte (non-ASCII) characters in Oracle are handled as three-byte characters. Therefore, whenmigrating content from other databases, adjust the Oracle maximum length for fields containingmulti-byte characters accordingly.

Step One: Create a New DatabaseThe xPression database must support Universal Transport Format 8 (UTF-8).

The only requirement xPression places on a default Oracle database is that, you must use AL32UTF8– Unicode UTF-8 Universal character set as the database character set. Ensure that your databaseconforms to this requirement.

xPression supports container databases (CDB), non-container databases (non-CDB), and pluggabledatabases (PDB). However, EMC Document Sciences recommends you to use PDB as xPressiondatabase.

54

Page 55: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

Step Two: Create a New Database UserYou can create either a common user or a local user. Ensure that the users have the followingprivileges and roles to the database that you use as xPression database:• CONNECT

• RESOURCE

• CREATE VIEW

• UNLIMITED ON <tablespace>

The user name should meet the following requirements:• In a non-CDB, a user name must NOT begin with “C##” or “c##”.

• In a CDB of Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1.0.1), a common user name must begin with “C##”or “c##”, while a local user name must NOT.

• In a CDB version higher than Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1.0.1), a common username must begin with case-insensitive characters that match the prefix specified by theCOMMON_USER_PREFIX initialization parameter. By default, the prefix is “C##”. A local username must NOT begin with “C##” or “c##”.

You can use either of the following methods to create a new Oracle user:• Creating the User with SQL Plus, page 55

• Creating the User from the Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express, page 56

Creating the User with SQL Plus

To create a user with SQL Plus, complete the following steps:

1. Start SQL Plus with sqlplus \nolog.

2. Log on to the database you created in as a System user.

3. Update the container to a PDB if you want to connect to the PDB:SQL> alter session set container=ServiceNameForPDB;

4. To create a new user, use the "create user" command as follows:SQL> create user New_User identified by PASSWORD default tablespaceUSERS temporary tablespace TEMP;

For example, if the new user name is XPRESS, you would type the following commands:SQL> create user XPRESS identified by XPRESS default tablespace USERStemporary tablespace TEMP;

5. Grant roles and permissions to the new user:• SQL> grant connect to New_User;

• SQL> grant resource to New_User;

55

Page 56: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

• SQL> grant create view to New_User;

• SQL> ALTER USER New_User QUOTA UNLIMITED ON default_tablespace;

where New_User is the user you created in step 4, and default_tablespace is the default tablespacethat you want to use.

6. Exit from SQL Plus:SQL> exit

Creating the User from the Oracle Enterprise ManagerDatabase Express

Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express (EM Express) is a web-based database managementtool that is built inside the Oracle Database. Refer to the Oracle Online Help for how to configureit if you do not have access.

To Create the User from Oracle EM Express1. Log on to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express.

2. Locate the Security tab and click Users.

3. On the Users page, click Create User.

4. Supply the following settings on the User Account tab.• Name—Supply the user name from the local operating system that you want to use for thexPression database.

• Authentication—Select Password, unless another selection is required in this installation.

• Enter Password—Type the password for your xPression database user.

• Confirm Password—Confirm the password of your xPression database user.

• Profile—Select DEFAULT, unless another selection is required in this installation.

5. Supply the following settings on the Tablespaces tab.• Default Tablespace—Select USERS from the list.

• Temporary Tablespace—Select TEMP from the list.

6. On the Privilege tab, all the existing roles are listed on the left area of the page. Add CONNECT,RESOURCE and CREATE VIEW to right area of the page.

7. Click OK to create the user.

8. Switch to theQuotas tab and select the default tablespace. Specify theQuota field as Unlimited.When completed, proceed to Step Three: Run xPression Database Scripts, page 57.

56

Page 57: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

Step Three: Run xPression Database ScriptsIn this step you will run two scripts from SQL Plus. The first script creates all the xPression databasetables. The second script supplies a set of base data for the xPression database. These scripts arelocated in your software installation or upgrade package.

To Run the Scripts1. If necessary, start SQL Plus and log on to the database you created in Step One: Create a New

Database, page 54 as the xPression database user you created in Step Two: Create a NewDatabase User, page 55.

2. Run these xPression database scripts in the following order.• Ora_install.sql

• Ora_basicdata.sql

Ensure you are using the Oracle version of the scripts. Supply the full path and file name foreach script as follows:SQL> @<PATH>\<Script Name>For example:SQL> @D:\Cr_Scripts\Ora_install.sql

For UNIX or Linux, use the following path and substitute the specific mount point for yourCD drive:SQL> @/xPressionCD/Cr_Scripts/Ora_install.sql

3. If you are using Satori Software’s Bulk Mailer volume mailing preparation software withxPression and need support for Canada or the United Kingdom, you must run the followingscripts to add new fields to your data source:• ORA_Satori_Fields_CA.sql

• ORA_Satori_Fields_UK.sql

4. Exit from SQL Plus: SQL> exit

Caution: If you do not log on as the xPression database user, the xPression database tables willbe created under the wrong schema and xPression will fail to run.

When finished, proceed to Step Four: Test the xPression Database, page 57.

Step Four: Test the xPression DatabaseTo ensure that your xPression database was created correctly, validate that you can successfully querydata from a xPression database table by using the following procedure:

1. If necessary, start SQL Plus and log on to the database you created in Step One: Create a NewDatabase, page 54 as the xPression user you created in Step Two: Create a New Database User,page 55.

57

Page 58: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

2. Query a table from the xPression database. For this test we will query a table named t_locale.SQL> select * from t_locale;

3. The query should return a list of locales. If the query returns data from the t_locale table, then thexPression database was installed correctly.LOCALECODE-------------------------------------------------------------DESCRIPTION-------------------------------------------------------------ISSYSTEMDEFAULT---------------en_USEnglish

1de_DEGerman

LOCALECODE------------------------------------------------------------DESCRIPTION-------------------------------------------------------------ISSYSTEMDEFAULT---------------fr_FRFrenches_ESSpanish

Your list of locales may be different than the locales displayed in this sample.

4. Exit from SQL Plus:SQL> exit

When finished, proceed to Step Five: Back Up Your Database, page 58.

Step Five: Back Up Your DatabaseThe best time to back up your new xPression database is immediately after completing Step Fourabove. Contact your database administrator for assistance in backing up your database.

Step Six: Configure Full-Text SearchingYou must configure full-text searching on your database to enable text searching in xPression.

To Configure Full-Text Searching with Oracle1. After installing Oracle, the CTXSYS user is locked by default. Ensure this user is unlocked before

configuring full-text searching.

2. If necessary, start SQL Plus and log on to the database you created in as the CTXSYS user. Thepassword for the CTXSYS user is CTXSYS.

3. Grant the object privilege to the xPression database user.grant EXECUTE on CTXSYS.CTX_DDL to XPRESSION_DATABASE_USER;

58

Page 59: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

where XPRESSION_DATABASE_USER is the user you created in

4. Log out of SQL Plus.

5. Restart SQL Plus and log in as the xPression database user. This is the user you created in

6. Create a reference for WORLD_LEXER by typing the following command.exec CTX_DDL.CREATE_PREFERENCE('my_lexer', 'WORLD_LEXER');

The WORLD_LEXER lexer type includes automatic language detection in documents, enablingyou to index multilingual documents without having to include a language column in a base table.

7. Create a full-text index on XPRESSION_DATABASE_USER.T_TEXTDATA(data) by typing thefollowing command:create index text_index on t_textdata(data) indextype is CTXSYS.CONTEXTPARAMETERS('LEXER my_lexer SYNC(ON COMMIT)')PARALLEL num_of_CPUs;

where PARALLEL num_of_CPUs is performance enhancing parameter that should only be usedif your database resides on a server with more than one CPU. If your database server does containmore than one CPU, type the PARALLEL parameter followed by the number of CPU.

8. Create a full-text index on XPRESSION_DATABASE_USER.T_RULEELEMENT(detail) bytyping the following command:create index text_index2 on t_ruleelement(detail) indextype is CTXSYS.CONTEXTPARAMETERS('LEXER my_lexer SYNC(ON COMMIT)')PARALLEL num_of_CPUs;

where PARALLEL num_of_CPUs is performance enhancing parameter that should only be usedif your database resides on a server with more than one CPU. If your database server does containmore than one CPU, type the PARALLEL parameter followed by the number of CPU.

9. Exit from SQL Plus:SQL> exit

For Windows InstallationsEnsure that your registry setting for ORACLE_HOME is set to the correct location used by Oracle. Ifthese directories are not synchronized, the xPression database installation will fail to create tables forthe xPression database user.

The following registry setting should point to the same directory Oracle uses on your file system:HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE > SOFTWARE > ORACLE > KEY_oracleKey>ORACLE_HOME

Auditing Your xPression DatabaseYou can set up triggers in your xPression database to audit tables and extract information. You canset up triggers to capture any information you want to gather. For example, you can set up triggersto capture information about which user last changed a work item. This information would assistin debugging by identifying who made the changes, and would also enable you to verify proposedchanges with the previous user.

Your database administrator can set up the triggers to gather the desired information.

59

Page 60: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure Oracle Database

Oracle StopwordsStopwords are common words that are not indexed by the database and therefore cannot be searchedfor through a full-text search. This list is controlled by your database vendor. For the purposes offull-text searching, xPression ignores all stopwords. See your Oracle documentation for a full list ofstopwords for each supported language.

60

Page 61: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 4Step One: Configure SQL ServerDatabase

This chapter contains complete installation and configuration instructions for installing the xPressiondatabase on a SQL Server database. At this point in the installation, you should have:• Reviewed the System Requirements chapter of the xPression Release Notes available onhttps://support.emc.com.

• Reviewed the issues listed in Chapter 1, Before You Install.

About the xPression DatabaseThe xPression database is the center of the xPression system and must be installed first. It is thecentralized location for all your content, images, and xPression data. The xPression database isa relational database that stores all the data needed for assembling, formatting and publishingpersonalized documents. The xPression database is a fully indexed database that holds all thecontent, images, document templates, rules, profiles, and internal data that xPression uses to create,manage, and publish your documents.

In an non-clustered environment, each xPression installation has an xPression database. For aclustered environment, one xPression database is used by the computers participating in the cluster.

The xPression database holds different types of information: xPression data objects, rules, text objects(documents), and binary objects (images). The xPression database is hosted in a relational database.

Note: SQL Server Express Edition does not support full-text searching and is not recommendedfor use with xPression.

The SQL Server Client ApplicationEMC Document Sciences recommends that you install your SQL Server database client applicationon your xPression Server. Installing the client on your server generally simplifies the configurationprocess by installing needed files (for example, the SQL Server drivers), and helps with debugging.

61

Page 62: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

Database AuthenticationxPression supports SQL Server authentication for all application servers. Windows authentication issupported for JBoss application servers installed on a supported Windows operating system. Also,the user ID that logs into the system must contain a password.

Configuring Windows Authentication

Windows authentication is supported for JBoss application servers installed on a supported Windowsoperating system. If you want to use Windows authentication, you must make some manual changesto your configuration.

1. Locate sqljdbc_auth.dll in your JDBC driver directory. Copy this file to C:\Windows\System32.

2. Select “Windows authentication” when creating your database user logins. This step is performedin Step Two: Create a New Database User, page 64. The user must be authenticated on theWindows machine.

3. You must make a manual change to your JBoss datasource configuration file. This step isperformed after installing the xPression Server. See Windows Authentication with MicrosoftSQL Server, page 122 for full details.

SQL Limitations and Known IssuesReview the following list of SQL Server limitation and known issues.

Full-Text Search Limitation

When you run SQL Server full-text searches, the search may not return the correct results if there isno blank space between a word and its HTML tag.

Use the following sample T_TEXTDATA as an example.<br>Type: Web Page<br>Title: Microsoft Security Bulletin (MS01-060)<br>Author: Microsoft<br> ;<br>Type: Web Page<br>Title:Microsoft Security Bulletin (MS01-060) <br>Author: Microsoft<br> ;<br>Title: Microsoft Security Bulletin (MS01-060) <br>Author: Microsoft<br> ;Title: Microsoft Security Bulletin (MS01-060) Author: Microsoft

If you run the following query after the full-text index is created and populated, the query onlyreturns rows with row_num 2 and 4:

select * from T_TEXTDATA where contains(DATA, ’MS01-060’)

Row_Num=2 is returned because there is a blank space between the parenthesis and the HTML(<br>) tag.

Row_Num=4 is returned because it does not contain any HTML tags.

62

Page 63: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

This happens because the English word breaker does not perform HTML filtering. Instead, it looks atthe text and applies the rules of the English language.

Merant Drivers for SQL Server

The Merant Sequelink JDBC drivers are not certified for xPression. EMC Document Sciencesrecommends using the Microsoft JDBC SQL Server drivers.

Step One: Create a New DatabaseYou must create a new database for the xPression database. EMC Document Sciences stronglyrecommends that you create a new database for xPression database. During the setup process, youwill modify the database configuration file. These modifications impact the entire database and couldadversely affect any existing objects.

Create a New Database on SQL Server

To create the xPression database, start the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio and completethe following steps:

1. Log in as the database system administrator.

2. Expand the server instance where you want to create your new database, right-click theDatabases folder and select New Database.

3. The New Database page appears.In the Select a page panel you can see the General, Options, and Filegroups pages listed. TheGeneral page appears by default.On the General page, supply the following information.

Option Definition

Database name Supply a name for your database. In this document we will usethe name xpresscr.

Owner Leave at the default setting.

Use full-text indexing Select this option.

Database files list By default you should see a Data and Log file entry in this list.SQL Server Management Studio will prepend these file nameswith the data base name you provided. You can accept these filenames or change them.

4. In the Select a page panel, click Options. The Options page appears. On the Options page,supply the following information.

63

Page 64: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

Option Definition

Collation The collation you select must be case insensitive. DocumentSciences recommends SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS.

If you are using xPressForms or xPression Catalog and also wantto use non-English text in the xPressForms and xPression Catalogapplication, you must ensure the Collation setting specifies acollation that can process the non-English characters. For moreinformation about SQL Server collations, see the Microsoft MSDNLibrary

Recovery model Full

Compatibility level Leave this setting at the default value.

Other options In the Other options section, locate the Miscellaneous section.

Locate the item for ANSI NULL DEFAULT.

Change this value from False to True.

ClickOK. The new database should now appear under the Databases folder in the Microsoft SQLServer Management Studio.

Step Two: Create a New Database UserFrom the SQL Server Management Studio, expand the instance where your new xPression databaseresides and complete the following steps:

1. Expand the Security folder.

2. Right-click Logins and select New Login.

3. The New Login page appears.From the Select a page panel you can select General, Server Roles, User Mapping. Securables,and Status to view different options. The General page displays by default.On the General page, supply the following options.• Login name — Supply a login name for your new user. For this document, we will use thename xpression.

• Windows authentication or SQL Server authentication:— If you select SQL Server authentication, supply a password for your user name. You canalso set the following options based on your needs: Enforce password policy, Enforcepassword expiration, or User must change password at next login. Consult your SQLServer documentation for information about these settings.

— If you select Windows authentication, you will need to perform some additional steps. SeeConfiguring Windows Authentication, page 62 for full details.

• Default database — From the drop-down list, select the new xPression database you createdin Step One: Create a New Database, page 63.

• Default language — Leave at the default setting.

64

Page 65: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

4. Click User Mapping from the Select a page panel. In the top list box, select your xPressiondatabase. In the lower list box, select the db_owner database role.

5. Click OK.When finished, proceed to Step Three: Run xPression Database Scripts, page 65.

Step Three: Run xPression Database ScriptsIn this step you will execute two SQL scripts that will create all the xPression database tables andsupply the base data for the xPression database. These scripts are located in your software installationor upgrade package. They are not available for download on Support Zone.

To run the xPression database scripts for xPression, complete the following steps:

1. If the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio is still open from the last step, close it. Re-loginto the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio using the database user name you created inStep Two: Create a New Database User, page 64.

2. Expand the Databases folder and right-click the xPression database you created in Step One:Create a New Database, page 63. Select New Query. The New Query page appears.Notice the query tool bar at the top of the window and the connection information located onthe right side. Ensure that the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio is connected to yourxPression database using the database username you created.

3. To install the xPression database, you will need to run the following SQL scripts:<xPression CD>\Cr_Scripts\SQL_install.sql<xPression CD>\Cr_Scripts\SQL_basicdata.sql

4. Open SQL_install.sql in a text editing program like Notepad and copy the contents into theblank query window.Click Execute.

5. Open SQL_basicdata.sql in a text editing program like Notepad and copy the contents into anew, blank query window.Click Execute.

6. If you are using Satori Software’s Bulk Mailer volume mailing preparation software withxPression and need support for Canada or the United Kingdom, you must run the followingscripts to add new fields to your data source:• SQL_Satori_Fields_CA.sql

• SQL_Satori_Fields_UK.sql

7. When finished, proceed to Step Four: Test the xPression Database, page 65.

Step Four: Test the xPression DatabaseTo ensure that your xPression database was created correctly, validate that you are able to successfullyquery data from a xPression database table.

65

Page 66: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

Test Your xPression Database on SQL Server 2008R2/2012

Start the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio and log on to the new xPression database as theuser you created in Step Two: Create a New Database User, page 64. Complete the following steps.

1. Ensure you are connected to the xPression database using your database user name.

2. Expand the Databases folder, right-click your xPression database and select New Query.

3. Type the following text into the query window:select * from t_locale

4. To execute the Query, click Execute.

5. If the xPression database installation was successful, the query will return data. The exact datareturned may be different on your system.

When finished, proceed to Step Five: Installing Microsoft JDBC Driver, page 66.

Step Five: Installing Microsoft JDBC DriverIf you plan on using Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4.0 as recommended in this document, youmust download the driver from the Microsoft website.

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4.0

This Type 4 driver provides database connectivity through the standard JDBC application programinterfaces (APIs) available in J2EE (Java2 Enterprise Edition). Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver4.0 is a Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) 4.0 compliant driver and runs on Java DevelopmentKit (JDK) version 1.6.

First, download Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4.0 to your application server machines. Thedriver is available from the Microsoft website.

Next, install the driver on your application server machines.

Note: If you use an early version of Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver, documents in languages otherthan English are not displayed correctly when the xPression server is installed on WebSphere.

Step Six: Final Configuration TasksComplete the final configuration tasks for your database version.• Determine Port Number, page 67

• Back Up Your Database, page 68

66

Page 67: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

Determine Port Number

Some editions of SQL Server 2008 R2/2012 (for example, SQL Server 2012 Express Edition) use adynamic port number that is different from the SQL Server default port number 1433. For this reason,you should always check your database port number for SQL Server 2008 R2/2012.

To determine your port number, complete the following steps:

1. Start the SQL Server Configuration Manager.

2. Expand the network configuration item.

3. Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER.

4. In the right pane, ensure that TCP/IP is enabled.

5. Right-click TCP/IP and select Properties.

6. Click the IP Addresses tab.

7. In the IPALL section, look up the value for TCP Port. This is your database port number. Recordthis value for use later in the installation process.

You must configure full-text searching on your database to enable text searching in xPression.Full-Text searching in SQL server requires MS Search Service, which is installed by default. Toenable full-text searching in SQL 2008 R2/2012:

1. Open Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.

2. Expand the SQL Server Group, the element for your database server, the databases folder, and thexPression database element.

3. Expand the xPression database element and then Tables.

4. Locate the T_TEXTDATA table, right-click T_TEXTDATA, point to Full-Text Index, and thenclick Define Full-Text Indexing on a table.

5. Click Next on the opening page of the Full-Text Indexing Wizard.

6. On the Select an Index page, select PK_T_TEXTDATA_DATA_ID from the Unique index list.

7. Click Next.

8. On the Select Table Columns page, select Data.

9. Click Next.

10. On the Select Change Tracking page, ensure that Automatically is selected.

11. Click Next.

12. On the Select a Catalog page, if a usable catalog is not defined, select Create a new catalog andthen click Next. If one is defined that can be used, click Next and skip the following step.

13. This step applies if creating a new catalog only. On the Define Population Schedules page,leave all default settings and then click Next.

14. Click Finish.

15. Click Close when wizard reports that the indexing succeeded.

67

Page 68: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

16. Locate the T_RULEELEMENT table, right-click T_RULEELEMENT, point to Full-Text Index, andthen click Define Full-Text Indexing on a table.

17. Click Next on the opening page of the Full-Text Indexing Wizard.

18. On the Select an Index page, select PK_ELEMENT_ID from the Unique index list.

19. Click Next.

20. On the Select Table Columns page, select Detail.

21. Click Next.

22. On the Select Change Tracking page, ensure that Automatically is selected.

23. Click Next.

24. On the Select a Catalog page, if a usable catalog is not defined, select Create a new catalog andthen click Next. If one is defined that can be used, click Next and skip the following step.

25. This step applies if creating a new catalog only. On the Define Population Schedules page,leave all default settings and then click Next.

26. Click Finish.

27. Click Close when wizard reports that the indexing succeeded.Verify that full-text searching has been enabled by viewing the DATA field in the T_TEXTDATA tableand the DATA field in the T_RULEELEMENT table. The value for Full Text should be TRUE.

Back Up Your Database

The best time to back up your new xPression database is immediately after completing Step Sixabove. Contact your database administrator for assistance in backing up your database.

List of StopwordsStopwords are common words that are not indexed by the database and therefore cannot be searchedfor through a full-text search. This list is controlled by your database vendor. For the purposes offull-text searching, xPression ignores all stopwords. Your SQL Server documentation refers to thesewords as "noise words".

For a full list of noise words for your database version, see the correct file from the following location:.../Mssql/Ftdata/Sqlserver/Config.

Noise-word file Language

Noise.chs Simplified Chinese

Noise.cht Traditional Chinese

Noise.dat Language Neutral

Noise.deu German

Noise.eng English UK

68

Page 69: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

Noise-word file Language

Noise.enu English US

Noise.esn Spanish

Noise.fra French

Noise.ita Italian

Noise.jpn Japanese

Noise.kor Korean

Noise.nld Dutch

Noise.sve Swedish

Auditing Your xPression DatabaseYou can set up triggers in your xPression database to audit tables and extract information. You canset up triggers to capture any information you want to gather. For example, you can set up triggersto capture information about which user last changed a work item. This information would assistin debugging by identifying who made the changes, and would also enable you to verify proposedchanges with the previous user.

Your database administrator can set up the triggers to gather the desired information.

69

Page 70: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step One: Configure SQL Server Database

70

Page 71: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 5Step Two: Configure ApplicationServer Before Installation

You must configure your application servers before you install the xPression server. See the followingtopics:• Configuring WebSphere, page 71

• Configuring WebLogic, page 93

• Configuring JBoss, page 95

Configuring WebSphereBefore you can deploy and configure the xPression Server, you must create a new application serverin your environment. You may also use an existing application server, but the existing server’ssettings must comply with settings described in the following sections.

Note: Your WebSphere Application Server user (the WebSphere service account) must belong to theadministrator group.

See the following topics:• WebSphere Paths, page 71

• Your WebSphere Installation Location, page 72

• Create an xPression Profile, page 72

• Configure the Application Server, page 75

• WebSphere Users and Permissions, page 92

WebSphere Paths

This document makes reference to a number of directories in the WebSphere installation directory.Because you could have installed WebSphere to a non-default location, this document will use theWebSphere_install_root variable to represent the WebSphere installation directory. The installationdirectory is the path to your AppServer folder.

71

Page 72: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

For example, the full path to your ProfileManagement directory may be: C:\IBM\WebSphere\AppServer\bin\ProfileManagement

This path will be represented as WebSphere_install_root\bin\ProfileManagement inthis guide.

Your WebSphere Installation Location

By default, the WebSphere directory structure is very deep. Consequently, many of the xPressionapplication files must be placed in a deep WebSphere sub-directory. We must pass the location ofthese files to the application server at startup. If the path to these files is too long, the Classpath valuewill surpass the Line Length setting (2048) for the CRLINK code. This can cause failures while tryingto assemble or publish xPression documents.

If you are a Windows user and you have not yet installed WebSphere, you can help alleviate theproblem by installing WebSphere to a shorter path. For example, instead of installing WebSphere toC:\Program Files\IBM\WebSphere, use the following shorter path: C:\WebSphere

If you have already installed WebSphere to a longer path, proceed with the installation.

In Chapter 9, Verifying Your Installation, you will validate your installation. If you receive errorspertaining to the long WebSphere file paths, this step will provide you with instructions on howto solve the problem.

Create an xPression Profile

In WebSphere, each server is installed in its own profile. Before you can create a new xPressionserver, you must create a profile for that server. If you are using a 32-bit version of WebSphere, usethe Profile Management Tool to create your profile. If you are using a 64-bit version of WebSphere,use the manageprofiles command.• Create Profile with the manageprofiles Command, page 72

• Creating a Profile with the Profile Management Tool, page 74

Create Profile with the manageprofiles Command

See the IBM documentation for full information about the manageprofiles command. The followinginstructions describe how to create a profile for the xPression Server.

1. Open a command prompt and navigate to the following directory:WebSphere_install_root\bin

2. Run the manageprofiles.bat or manageprofiles.sh command using the following parameters:• create—Creates a profile. This parameter requires no value.

• templatePath—Specifies where the templates are located. Supply the path to the template filefor this parameter.

72

Page 73: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

• profileName—Specifies the name for your new profile.

• profilePath—The path to the desired location for your new profile.

For example:manageprofiles.bat -create -templatePath "WebSphere_install_root\profileTemplates\default" -profileName profile_name -profilePath"WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_name"

where profile_name is the name you chose for the profile.Type the command, including all parameters, and press Enter.

3. If the command was successful, you should receive the following message:INSTCONFSUCCESS: Success: Profile profile_name now exists.

To delete a profile from the command line, see Deleting a Profile from the Command Line,page 74.

4. If you are a Windows user, continue to set up the profile as a Windows service.

Setting Up a Profile as a Windows Service

To create a Windows service to run the profile manually, complete the following steps:

1. Open a command window, and navigate to the following location:WebSphere_install_root\bin

2. Type the following command:WASService.exe -add profile_name -servername server1 -profilePath"WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_name" -wasHome "WebSphere_install_root" -logFile "WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_name\logs\WS_startServer.log" -logRoot "WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_name\logs\server1" -restart true

3. Press Enter.

4. If successful, you will see the following message:Adding Service:profile_name

Config Root:WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_name\configServer Name: server1Profile Path: WebSphere_install_root\profiles\profile_nameWas Home: WebSphere_install_root\Start Args:Restart: 1

5. Open Windows Services, and locate the IBM Windows service named IBM WebSphereApplication Server V8.5 – profile_name.

6. Right-click the service and select Properties. Ensure the Startup type is set to Automatic.

7. Click the Log On tab, and select the option to log on as a specific account. Use the username andpassword for the account that installed WebSphere.

8. Click OK, and start the server.

73

Page 74: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Deleting a Profile from the Command Line

To delete a profile by using the command line, complete the following steps:

1. Open a command prompt and navigate to WebSphere_install_root\bin

2. Run the following command:manageprofiles.bat -delete -profileName profile_name.

3. If the profile is successfully deleted, you will receive the following message:INSTCONFSUCCESS: Success: Profile profile_name no longer exists.

4. Delete the profile home directory.

Deleting a Window Service

To delete a Windows service, complete the following steps:

1. Navigate to the following location:WebSphere_install_root\bin

2. Run the following command:WASService.exe -remove profile_name

3. If successful, you will see the following message:Remove Service: profile_name Successfully removed service

Creating a Profile with the Profile Management Tool

To create a WebSphere Profile by using the Profile Management Tool, complete the following steps:

1. Select IBM WebSphere > IBMWebSphere Application Server > Tools > Profile ManagementTool from Windows Start menu. The Profiles page appears, showing all existing profiles.

2. Click Create. The Environment Selection page appears.

3. Ensure Application Server is selected and clickNext. The Profile Creation Options page appears.

4. Select Advanced profile creation and click Next. The Optional Application Deployment pageappears.

5. Clear the Deploy the default application check box and click Next. The Profile Name andLocation page appears.

6. Type a name for your profile in the Profile Name box. Unless you have a need to move the profiledirectory to a different location, use the default path. Record this path for future reference. Youwill need this information later in the installation process.

Note: When you change the profile name, WebSphere does not automatically update the defaultprofile directory path. You will need to change the name of the last subdirectory in the profiledirectory path. For example: C:\WebSphere\AppServer\profiles\xPressionProfile

74

Page 75: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

7. Click Next. The Node and Host Names page appears. Supply a name for the Node. You can useany name, for example, xPressionNode. Leave the default value for Host name, and click Next.

8. If you want to enable administrative security, ensure that Enable Administrative Security isselected. Define the username and password, and click Next. The Security Certificate (Part1) page appears.

9. Leave all options at their default value and click Next. The Security Certificate (Part 2) pageappears.

10. Type a new Keystore password, and click Next. The Port Values Assignment page appears. Thispage displays port value assignments for the profile. WebSphere ensures that these ports do notconflict with other WebSphere profiles, but it does not ensure that the ports do not conflict withother applications or another WebSphere installation.

11. Verify that ports selected for you are unique. If the selected value is not unique or if you prefer touse a different port, you can change the port value assignments from this page.Record the following port numbers for future reference and click Next. You will need thisinformation later in the installation process: Administrative Console Port, AdministrativeConsole Secure Port, HTTP Transport Port, and Bootstrap Port.

12. TheWindows Service Definition page appears. Leave all values at their default level and clickNext.

13. TheWeb Server Definition page appears. Leave all values at their default level and click Next.

14. The Profile Creation Summary page appears. Click Create.The Profile creation wizard will begin creating and configuring your profile. When the Profilecreation wizard completes, select the Launch the First steps console option, and click Finish.

On the First steps page, EMC Document Sciences recommends running the Installation Verificationfeature to ensure that your profile is set up correctly. Then, proceed to Configure the ApplicationServer, page 75.

Configure the Application Server

This section contains the following instructions for configuring the application server:• Start Your Server, page 76

• Start the WebSphere Administrative Console, page 77

• Configure WebSphere Variables, page 77

• Set Class Loading Mode, page 80

• Set Transaction Timeout, page 80

• Enable Pass By Reference, page 80

• Set Host Alias, page 81

• Add Image to MIME Type on WebSphere, page 81

• Configure JVM Settings, page 81

75

Page 76: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

• Configure Data Sources, page 83

• Deploy the xPression Enterprise Archive File, page 89

Start Your Server

To install the xPression managed server, you must first start the administrative server. If you ran theinstallation verification and it was successful, the server will already be started. Click the Start theserver link on the First Steps page to start the administrative server for the xPression profile. You canalso use any of the following methods to start the server.

For Windows, use either of the following ways:• Click Start the Server from the WebSphere program group in the Windows Start Menu.

• Open a command prompt and navigate to the following folder:WebSphere_install_root\profiles\xPressionProfile\bin

Type the following command using the name of your administrative server:startserver.bat server1

where server1 is the default name of the administrative server.

For Linux1. Navigate to the following folder:

WebSphere_install_root/profiles/xPressionProfile/bin/

2. Run the following command:nohup ./startServer.sh server1 &

The nohup statement prevents the process from being shut down when you exit your shell.server1 is the default name of the administrative server.The ampersand (&) enables the script to be executed in the background, returning access toyour shell.

For UNIX1. Navigate to the following folder:

WebSphere_install_root/profiles/xPressionProfile/bin/

2. Assuming that your UNIX administrator made arrangements for non root users to start theserver, you can use the following command:nohup ./startServer.sh server1 &

The nohup statement prevents the process from being shut down when you exit your shell.server1 is the default name of the administrative server.The ampersand (&) enables the script to be executed in the background, returning access toyour shell.

76

Page 77: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Start the WebSphere Administrative Console

After the server has started, click the Administrative console link from the First Steps page. Whenyou start the administrative console, you will be asked to provide a user ID. This ID only persistsfor the duration of the session in which it is being used. Server configuration changes are saved tothe user ID.

If you need to start the administrative console at a later time, use any of the following methods:

Operating System Instructions

Windows On Windows machines, you can start the console by clicking theAdministrative Console shortcut in the Start Menu programgroup for your WebSphere profile.

Linux and UNIX You can start the console opening a web browser and typingthe following URL:

http://<fully_qualified_server_name>:<administrative_port>/ibm/console

where <fully_qualified_server_name> is the fully qualified hostname for the machine that contains the administrative server,and <administrative_port> is the port numberWebSphere assignedfor your administrative console.

When the administrative console is on the local machine, you canuse localhost unless security is enabled.

Configure WebSphere Variables

To simplify the configuration and future maintenance of xPression, you can use WebSphere Variablesto represent several network paths.

In the left console pane, expand Environment and clickWebSphere Variables. Ensure that the nodeyou defined for xPression is selected in the Scope section. If you are using WebSphere ND (NetworkDeployment), select Server instead of Node.

Define the following variables:• USER_INSTALL_ROOT Variable, page 78

• JAVA_HOME Variable, page 78

• XPRESSIONHOME Variable, page 78

• XPRESSION_EAR Variable, page 78

• Database Driver Variable, page 79

77

Page 78: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

USER_INSTALL_ROOT Variable

Navigate the variable list to locate USER_INSTALL_ROOT. Ensure that the value for this variablecoincides with the path to your xPressionProfile directory. For example, on Windows:WebSphere_install_root\profiles\xPressionProfile

For UNIX or Linux systems:WebSphere_install_root/profiles/xPressionProfile

JAVA_HOME Variable

Locate the JAVA_HOME variable and ensure that the value coincides with the path to the WebSphereJava directory.

This WebSphere Java directory is a sub-directory of your WebSphere AppServer directory. Forexample, on Windows:${WAS_INSTALL_ROOT}/java

XPRESSIONHOME Variable

In the variable list table, click New to create an XPRESSIONHOME variable. Define the followingsettings:

Setting Definition

Name XPRESSIONHOME

Value Type the path where you intend to install the xPression Server. Youcan install xPression in any directory, but EMC Document Sciencesrecommends the following default locations.

For Windows: C:\xPression

For UNIX and Linux: /xPression/

Description xPression Home Directory

XPRESSION_EAR Variable

Create a variable for the location where you will place the xPression enterprise archive file. This pathdoes not yet exist on your system. Click New and define the following settings.

Setting Definition

Name XPRESSION_EAR

78

Page 79: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Setting Definition

Value Type the path of the directory where WebSphere deploys the enterprisearchive file for your profile and add xPression.ear to the end of thepath. For example:

For Windows:

xPression_profile_directory\installedApps\{CELL}

\xPression.ear

For UNIX and Linux:

xPression_profile_directory/installedApps/{CELL}

/xPression.ear

Replace {CELL}with the name of the cell in which the server is running.

Description xPression EAR location

Database Driver Variable

You must configure a variable for the path to your xPression database driver. The path to yourdatabase drivers will differ depending on where you installed your database client or driver package.The examples shown in this section use the default driver locations and may be different than theactual locations on your system.

Consult the following table to determine which name you should use for your variable. All of thesevariable names should exist in the variable list. If the variable for your database does not exist,create it.

Driver Variable

DB2 DB2_JDBC_DRIVER_PATH

Oracle ORACLE_JDBC_DRIVER_PATH

SQL Server MICROSOFT_JDBC_DRIVER_PATH

In the Value box for your database driver variable, supply the path to the database driver you wantto use. The following tables shows examples.

Note: Ensure that you only supply the path to the database drivers. Do not include the actual driverfilenames.

Database Driver Path Path

DB2 Supply the path to the directory where you installed your DB2 drivers.

For Windows:

C:\Program Files\ibm\SQLLIB\java\

For UNIX or Linux:

/ibm/SQLLIB/java

79

Page 80: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Database Driver Path Path

Oracle Supply the path to the directory where you installed your Oracledrivers.

For example:

Oracle_Install_Root\jdbc\lib

SQLServer Specify the directory where the driver file is located. For example:

SQLServerDriver_installation_dir\driver_version\enu\

Set Class Loading Mode

To configure your new xPression server, expand Servers in the left pane of the administrative consoleand select Server Types > WebSphere application servers. By default, your xPression profile willcontain a server named server1. This server will appear in the Application servers list. Click theserver1 link to edit the configuration of the server. The Configuration page appears.

To set the class loading mode:1. Locate the General Properties > Server-specific Application Settings section.

2. Select Single from the Classloader policy list, and ensure the Class loading mode is Classesloaded with parent class loader first.

Note: If you are using xPression Web Services, set the Classloader policy toMultiple.

3. Click Apply.

Set Transaction Timeout

To set the transaction timeout:1. With the server configuration page still open, locate the Container Settings section.

2. Expand Container Services and click Transaction Service.

3. On the Transaction Service page, set Total transaction lifetime timeout to 3600.

4. SetMaximum transaction timeout to a value greater than or equal to the Total transactionlifetime timeout, and save your changes.

Enable Pass By Reference

In many cases, xPression performance is improved when WebSphere Pass By Reference setting isenabled. Refer to http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/v6r0/topic/com.ibm.websphere.base.doc/info/aes/ae/uorb_rsetg.html for detailed information about the Pass By Reference option.

80

Page 81: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

To Set Pass By Reference on WebSphere:1. From the server configuration page, open Container Services > ORB Service page.

2. Select the Pass by reference option and save your changes.This setting takes effect after the application server has been restarted. Continue with theconfiguration as required, but ensure that the application server is restarted after setting this option.

Set Host Alias

This step identifies the port number for HTTP Transport and a matching host alias.

To identify the transport chain and set the host alias:1. With the server configuration page still open, locate the Container Settings > Web Container

Settings section.

2. ClickWeb Container Transport Chains. The transport chains list appears.

3. LocateWCInboundDefault and make a notation of the port number assigned to it. This portnumber must be identified as a Host Alias.

4. In the left console pane, expand Environment and click Virtual hosts.

5. In the list on the Virtual Hosts page, click default_host.

6. In the Additional Properties section, click Host Aliases. The Host Aliases page appears.

7. Ensure that the port number assigned toWCInboundDefault also appears in the Host Aliaseslist. If the port number does not appear in the Host Aliases list, clickNew to add the port number.

Add Image to MIME Type on WebSphere

To ensure that icons of xPression user interface are displayed on a WebSphere server, complete thefollowing steps:

1. From the left pane of the administrative console, select Environment > Virtual hosts, and selectthe virtual host where IBM Rational Asset Manager is installed.

2. Click the MIME Types link in the Additional Properties section.

3. Click New to add a new MIME Type. Specify image/png as the MIME type and png as theextension.

4. Save your changes and restart the server.

Configure JVM Settings

To Configure JVM Settings1. In the Server Infrastructure section of the server configuration page, expand Java and Process

Management and click Process definition. The Process definition page appears.

81

Page 82: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

2. Locate the Executable name field and supply the file name of the Java process. This file is locatedin your WebSphere Java bin directory. You have already configured a variable for the path tothis directory:• For Windows:

${JAVA_HOME}\bin\java.exe

• For UNIX and Linux:${JAVA_HOME}/bin/java

3. Leave all the other settings at their default values, and click Apply.

4. On the Process definition page, click Java Virtual Machine in the Additional Properties section.The Java Virtual Machine page appears. Supply the following settings on this page.

Setting Definition

Classpath Type the following value:

${XPRESSIONHOME}

Boot Classpath Leave this field empty.

Verbose class loading Leave this box unchecked.

Verbose garbage collection Leave this box unchecked.

Verbose JNI Leave this box unchecked.

Initial Heap Size 512

Maximum Heap Size 1024

Run HProf Leave this box unchecked.

HProf Arguments Leave this field empty.

Debug Mode Leave this box unchecked.

Debug arguments Do not alter the default value.

Generic JVM arguments To avoid input errors, add the following argument for Windowssystem:

-Dcom.ibm.IgnoreMalformedInput=true

Each argument should be separated by a single space.

For AIX system, add the following argument to ensure the usage ofCompuset:

-Dcom.ibm.IgnoreMalformedInput=true -Xmso1m

For UNIX and Linux systems, add the following two arguments:

-Djava.awt.headless=true -Djava.net.preferIPv4Stack

=true

For Documentum users:

-Dlog4j.configuration=file:///xPressionHome

/LogConfiguration

Executable JAR file name Leave this field empty.

82

Page 83: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Setting Definition

Disable JIT Leave this box unchecked.

Operating system name Leave this field at the default value.

5. Save your changes to the master configuration.

Configure Data Sources

This section contains the steps to set up the JDBC providers and data sources for your xPressiondatabase.

See the following steps:• Create an Authentication Alias, page 83

• Creating a DB2 Data Source, page 84

• Creating an Oracle Data Source, page 85

• Creating a SQL Server Data Source, page 87

• Relational Customer Data Sources, page 88

• Setting resultSetHoldability attribute for DB2, page 89

Create an Authentication Alias

The data source needs an authentication alias in order to access the xPression database. You mustcreate a J2C authentication alias containing the user ID and password that is required to access thedatabase.

To Create a J2C Authentication Alias1. Launch the WebSphere administrative console.

2. In the left pane, expand Security, and click Global security.

3. In the Authentication section, expand Java Authentication and Authorization Service, andclick J2C authentication data.

4. Click New, and supply the following values:

Setting Definition

Alias Enter a name for the authentication alias. For example,xPressionCR_Alias. The alias name will be used later when youcreate a resource to identify this as the authentication alias to use.

83

Page 84: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Setting Definition

User ID Type the user name that you created for your xPression database.

Password Type the password of the xPression database ID. This is thepassword for the userID listed above.

5. Save your changes.

Creating a DB2 Data Source

To create a new DB2 data source, complete the following steps:

1. From the administrative console, expand Resources in the left pane, and select JDBC > JDBCProviders. The JDBC Providers page appears. Ensure that your node is displayed.

2. On the JDBC Providers page, click New. The Create a new JDBC Provider wizard appears.

3. On the Step 1: Create new JDBC provider page, set the following options:a. In the Database type list, select DB2, and click Apply.

b. In the Provider type list, select DB2 Universal JDBC Driver Provider, and click Apply.

c. In the Implementation type list, select Connection pool data source, and click Apply.

4. On the Step 2: Enter database class path information page, set the following options:• In the Class path box, ensure that the correct class path for your JDBC driver is included. Ifyou change the value, click Apply to effectuate your changes.

• In the Directory location box, use complete directory paths. For example:C:/jdbcdriver/db2jcc.jar

where C:/jdbcdriver may be the value that you set for the ${DB2UNIVERSAL_JDBC_DRIVER_PATH} WebSphere variable.

5. Leave all the options at their default value to complete the wizard.

6. On the JDBC Providers page, click DB2 Universal JDBC Driver Provider from the list.

7. Click Data Sources in the Additional Properties section on the right side of the page. The DataSources page appears.

8. Click New. The Create a data source wizard appears. Supply the following values, and leave theother options at their default values.

Setting Definition

Data source name xPression_CR

JNDI Name jdbc/xPression_CR

84

Page 85: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Setting Definition

Driver type The type of JDBC Driver (2 or 4) used to access the database.

To determine the best type of driver to use for yourcircumstances, consult the documentation for the specific driverthat you use.

In general, use type 2 for databases on the same system as theapplication server and type 4 for remote databases.

Database Name Type the name of your xPression database. This is the nameassigned in Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41

Server name Enter the host name of the DB2 Server.

Port number Enter the port number the database server listens on.

xiuy

9. On the Step 3: Setup security aliases page, select the authentication alias you created in Createan Authentication Alias, page 83 from both the Component-managed authentication alias listand the Container-managed authentication alias list.

10. Review the your selections on the summary page, and click Finish. When the data source creationis complete, save the configuration and synchronize the changes with the nodes.

11. On the JDBC Providers page, click the xPression_CR link from the list. The Configurationpage appears.

12. In the Additional Properties section, click Connection pool properties, and supply the followingvalues:

Setting Definition

Scope Ensure that this value correctly identifies thecell and node for your xPression server.

Connection timeout 1000

Maximum connections 20

Minimum connections 5

Reap time 180

Unused timeout 1800

Aged timeout 0

Purge policy EntirePool

13. Save your configurations.

Creating an Oracle Data Source

To create a new Oracle data source, complete the following steps:

85

Page 86: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

1. From the administrative console, expand Resources in the left pane, and select JDBC > JDBCProviders. The JDBC Providers page appears. Ensure that your node is displayed.

2. On the JDBC Providers page, click New. The Create a new JDBC Provider wizard appears.

3. On the Step 1: Create new JDBC provider page, set the following options:a. In the Database type list, select Oracle, and click Apply.

b. In the Provider type list, select Oracle JDBC Driver, and click Apply.

c. In the Implementation type list, select Connection pool data source, and click Apply.

4. On the Step 2: Enter database class path information page, set the following options:• In the Class path box, ensure that the correct class path for your JDBC driver is included. Ifyou change the value, click Apply to effectuate your changes.

• In the Directory location box, use complete directory paths. For example:C:/jdbcdriver/ojdbc6.jar

where C:/jdbcdriver may be the value that you set for the ${ORACLE_JDBC_DRIVER_PATH} WebSphere variable.

5. Complete the wizard and save your changes. The JDBC Providers page appears.

6. On the JDBC Providers page, click Oracle JDBC Driver from the list.

7. In the Additional Properties section on the Configuration page, click Data Sources.

8. On the Data Sources page, click New. The Create a data source wizard appears.

9. Define the following settings, and leave the other settings at their default values.

Setting Definition

Data Source Name xPression_CR

JNDI Name jdbc/xPression_CR

URL The URL for the connection to the Oracle database, in the followingformat:

jdbc:oracle:thin:@//host_name:port/databaseName

where the parameters have the following meanings:• host_name is the name of the server where the Oracle databaseresides.

• port the port number for your database (the default value is1521).

• databaseName is the name of the database you created in StepOne: Create a New Database, page 54.

10. On the Step 3: Setup security aliases page, select the authentication alias you created in Createan Authentication Alias, page 83 from both the Component-managed authentication alias andContainer-managed authentication alias lists.

11. Review the your selections on the summary page, and click Finish. When the data source creationis complete, save the configuration and synchronize the changes with the nodes.

86

Page 87: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

12. On the Data sources page, click xPression_CR in the list. The Configuration page appears.

13. In the Additional Properties section, click Connection pool properties, and supply the followingvalues:

Setting Definition

Scope Ensure this value correctly identifies the cell andnode for your xPression server.

Connection timeout 1000

Maximum connections 20

Minimum connections 5

Reap time 180

Unused timeout 1800

Aged timeout 0

Purge policy EntirePool

14. Save your configurations.

Creating a SQL Server Data Source

To create a new SQL Server data source, complete the following steps:

1. In the JDBC Providers page, click New. The JDBC providers configuration page appears.

2. In the Database type drop-down box, select SQL Server.

3. In the Provider type drop-down box, selectMicrosoft SQL Server JDBC Driver.

4. In the Implementation type drop-down box, select Connection Pool Data Source.

5. Click Next. WebSphere displays the properties for the new JDBC Provider. In theclass path box, WebSphere displays the variable for the driver. In the Directorylocation box, specify the directory where the driver file is located. For example:<SQLServerDriver_installation_dir>\<driver_version>\enu\. Leave other options at their defaultvalue.

6. Click Next and then click Finish.

7. Click Save.

8. ClickMicrosoft SQL Server JDBC Driver.

9. Ensure sqljdbc4.jar is defined.

10. Locate the Additional Properties section on the right side of the page. In the Additional Propertiessection, click the Data Sources link. When the Data Sources page appears, click New to displaythe New Data Source page.

11. Define the following settings. Leave the other settings at their default values

87

Page 88: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Setting Definition

Data Source Name xPression_CR

JNDI Name jdbc/xPression_CR

Database name Type the name of your xPression database you created in Step One:Create a New Database, page 63.

Port number Enter the port number the database server listens on.

Server name Enter the host name of the SQL Server installation.

12. Click Next.

13. Select the authentication alias you created in Create an Authentication Alias, page 83 from boththe Component-managed authentication alias list and the Container-managed authenticationalias list.

14. Click Next.

15. Review the summary of your selections, and click Finish.

16. When the data source creation is complete, save the configuration and synchronize the changeswith the nodes.

17. Test the SQL Server connection.

18. Click the xPression_CR link in the path at the top of the page and scroll down to the AdditionalProperties section.

19. Click Connection Pools and define the following settings.Locate the Additional Properties section on the right side of the page. In the Additional Propertiessection, click Connection pool properties. Supply the following values.

Setting Definition

Scope Ensure this value correctly identifies the cell andnode for your xPression server.

Connection timeout 1000

Maximum connections 20

Minimum connections 5

Reap time 180

Unused timeout 1800

Aged timeout 0

Purge policy EntirePool

20. Save your changes.

Relational Customer Data Sources

If you are using a relational database for your customer data source, do the following configuration:

88

Page 89: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

1. Launch the WebSphere administrative console.

2. Click the Resources item in the left console pane to expand it, click JDBC, and then click DataSources.

3. Click the name of your customer data source.

4. ClickWebSphere Application Server data source properties.

5. Select Non-transactional data source, click OK, and save your changes to the masterconfiguration.

Setting resultSetHoldability attribute for DB2

If you are using DB2 for a customer data source, you must set the resultSetHoldability attribute.

To set the resultSetHoldability attribute:1. Open the WebSphere administrative console.

2. Expand Resources, then select JDBC providers, DB2 Universal JDBC Driver Provider, andData Sources.

3. Click the data source name that you created for use with xPression.

4. Locate the Additional Properties section, then click Custom Properties.

5. Select resultSetHoldability and set the value to 1.

6. Click Apply, then click Save.

Deploy the xPression Enterprise Archive File

This step deploys the xPression EAR file on your system by using the WebSphere administrativeconsole. You can deploy only one enterprise archive file depending on the xPression components youare licensed to use. These instructions assume that you use the Prompt me only when additionalinformation is needed option on the page where you specify the path of the EAR file. If you selectthe Show me all installation options and parameters option, the procedure will be different.• Pre-Deployment Configurations, page 89

• Deploying the xPression Enterprise Archive File, page 90

• Deploying the JMS-Enabled xPression Adapter, page 91

Pre-Deployment Configurations

Before deploying the xPression EAR file, increase the memory for the WebSphere deploy tool bydoing the following steps:

1. Open the following file for editing:Websphere_install_root\deploytool\itp\ejbdeploy.bat

For UNIX users, the file is ejbdeploy.sh

89

Page 90: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

2. Locate the following settings:-Xms256M -Xmx256M

3. Change the settings to the following values:-Xms1024M -Xmx1024M

4. Save and close the file.

Deploying the xPression Enterprise Archive File

To deploy the xPression enterprise archive file, complete the following steps:

1. From the administrative console, expand Applications in the left console pane and click NewApplication.

2. On the New Application page, click New Enterprise Application. The Preparing for theapplication installation page appears.

3. Supply the directory where you store the xPression Enterprise Archive file.

4. In the How do you want to install the application? section, ensure that Fast Path - Promptonly when additional information is required. is selected, and click Next. The Install NewApplication wizard appears.

5. On the Step 1: Select installation options page, ensure that the Deploy enterprise beans optionis NOT selected, and leave the other options at the default value.

6. On the Step 2: Map modules to servers page, ensure the following settings:a. Click the Select All Items button to select all of the modules on the page.

b. Select the target for your xPression server in the Clusters and servers list. If you are using IIS6.0 as your web server, you must select both the xPression Server and the IIS Web Server.

c. Click Apply. You can view that the Server column is updated.

7. On the Step 3: Map virtual hosts for Web modules page, ensure that the Virtual host for eachWeb module is default_host.

8. On the Step 4: Metadata for modules page, leave the options at their default values.

9. Review your settings on the Summary page, and complete the wizard.When the installation process begins, WebSphere displays the Installing page. This page providesinformation about the installation and eventually displays a message indicating that applicationinstalled successfully.

10. When the installation completes, save your changes to master configuration.

11. Expand Applications in the left console pane, and select Application Types > WebSphereenterprise applications. The Enterprise Applications page appears. You can view that xPressionappears in the application list.

12. Click xPression. The Configuration page appears.

13. In the Detail Properties section, click Class loading and update detection.

14. On the Class loader page, ensure that Class loader order is set to Classes loaded with parentclass loader first, and click OK.

90

Page 91: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

15. In theModules section, clickManage Modules.

16. For the following modules, click each of them to open the module Configuration page, and selectClasses loaded with local class loader first (parent last) as the Class loader order:• UniArch_WebService

• xPRS_xFramework

• xResponse

• xPression_Revise

• xDevKit

17. Save your changes to the master configuration.

Deploying the JMS-Enabled xPression Adapter

Refer to the deploying xPression Enterprise Archive file procedure to deploy the JMS-enabledxPression adapter. Note the following difference:• Ensure that you supply the directory of the correct JMS-enabled EAR file in Step 2.

• On the Step 2: Map modules to servers page, ensure that your list of modules contains thefollowing modules:— xPressionAdapterEJB

— xPressionAdapterWeb

Import LDAP Server Certificate to Truststore

If you use Secure LDAP as your authentication method for xPression, import the certificate of theLDAP server through the WebSphere administrative console.

To import the certificate of the LDAP server:1. Expand Security in the left console pane and click SSL certificate and key management.

2. In the Related items section, click Key stores and certificates.

3. Click the NodeDefaultTrustStore link or the trust store you are using.

4. On the NodeDefaultTrustStore page, click Signer certificates in the Additional Propertiessection.

5. Click Add, and supply the alias name and full path to the certificate file.

6. In the Data type list, select Binary DER data.

7. Click OK. The certificate appears in the list of signer certificates.

91

Page 92: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Configure Cookies Settings

You must enable cookies for the xPression server. Otherwise, xDesign is unable to connect to theserver.

To configure Cookies settings:1. From Websphere administrative console, expand Servers, and select Server Types > WebSphere

application servers.

2. Click your xPression server link. The configuration page appears.

3. In the Container Settings section, click Session management.

4. From the Session tracking mechanism: section, click Enable cookies.

Set Transport Option for CSIv2

You must set the Transport option for the CSIv2 transport layer to TCP/IP; otherwise, errors occurwhen the command line is used to migrate documents.

To set the Transport option for the CSIv2 transport layer:1. On the left side the WebSphere Administrative Console, expand Security and click Global

security.

2. In the Administrative security section, select Enable administrative security.

3. In the Authentication section on the right side, click CSIv2 Inbound Communications.

4. Select TCP/IP from the Transport drop-down list.

5. Click Apply.

WebSphere Users and Permissions

The WebSphere users and their permissions must be set up correctly. Check your WebSphereconfiguration to make sure that you have:• Created the appropriate groups and users on the WebSphere server. You should create a Windowsuser under which the WebSphere service will run and define that user locally and as a member ofthe Administrators group.

• Assigned the appropriate rights and permissions to the user. Set this user up to act as part ofthe operating system, and log on as a service.

See WebSphere documentation for complete instructions.

92

Page 93: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Configuring WebLogicBefore you can deploy and configure the xPression Server, you must create a new configuration inyour WebLogic environment. If you are planning on using an Admin server or an Admin serverwith a Managed server, you should deploy the xPression application to the Managed server. Seethe following topics:• Understanding Your Server Paths, page 93

• Understanding User Names, page 94

• Create a New WebLogic Configuration, page 94

• Extract the xPression Enterprise Archive Files, page 94

Understanding Your Server Paths

You will be creating several server directories throughout the installation and configuration process.It is important to know the purpose and location of these directories.

Directory Location and Purpose

WebLogic Configuration/Domain This directory contains the WebLogic configuration/domainyou create in Create a New WebLogic Configuration, page94.

By default, WebLogic places all configurations in thefollowing directory: <WebLogic_Home>\user_projects\domains\

xPression Applications The xPression enterprise archive file contains all of thecomponents needed to run xPression, xResponse, andxRevise.

The enterprise archive file is delivered together withthe installation package. You must extract the file to thexPression "Applications" directory.

The applications directory is a sub-directory of yourxPression configuration/domain, and it is created when youinstall the WebLogic configuration. For example:

WebLogic_Home\user_projects\domains

\xPressionDomain\Applications

xPression Server This directory is created when you install the xPressionserver. You can install the server to any directory. Thedefault location for the xPression Server is:• On Windows: C:\xPression

• On UNIX: /$HOME/xPression/

93

Page 94: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

Understanding User Names

You are asked to supply a user name at various places throughout the process of installing andusing the software.

First, you are asked to create an Administrative user name in the WebLogic Configuration wizard. Thisuser name enables you to start the WebLogic administrative server and to log on to the WebLogicAdmin Console.

If you want to authenticate additional users for xPression Admin, see after you complete yourinstallation.

Create a New WebLogic Configuration

To create a new configuration for xPression, start theWebLogic Configuration Wizard.

For Windows, you can start the program by clickingWebLogic Configuration Wizard from theWindows Start menu.

For UNIX systems, you can locate the config.sh file located in the WebLogicHome/oracle_common/common/bin directory and type the following command from the terminal window:sh config.sh

Follow the instructions and supply required information in the wizard. You can click theHelp buttonon the lower-left corner of the wizard for detailed instructions.

EMC Document Sciences recommends that you make the following configurations for xPression:• On the Create Domain page, select Create a new domain, and supply a name and location forthe domain. You can use any server location for the domain directory. The configuration wizardappends the domain name to the path you specify in Domain Location.

• On the Administrator Account page, create an administrative user as the default administrator tostart the xPression Server and log on to the WebLogic Admin Console. Do NOT use weblogicas the user name in a production environment. EMC Document Sciences recommends usingxpression as the username.

• On the Domain Mode and JDK page, select Development mode. This mode enables you toauto-deploy applications.

Extract the xPression Enterprise Archive Files

Select an EAR file according to your system requirements. If you want to use JMS with xAdapter, usexPRS_EE4.6.0_JMS_WebLogic.ear. Otherwise, use xPRS_EE4.6.0_WebLogic.ear.

To Extract the EAR File1. Create a subdirectory named applications under the WebLogicHome\user_projects

\domains\xpression directory.

2. Create a new folder in the Applications subdirectory. The folder must use the following name:

94

Page 95: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

xPression.ear

3. Locate the xPression EAR file in your installation package.

4. For UNIX, copy the EAR file to your desired folder. If you use FTP to move the EAR file to yourserver, ensure you use BIN and not ASCII to preserve binary properties.

5. Extract the EAR file to the folder you created in Step 2. For UNIX, you can use the Unzip utility(http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/UnZip.html), or a jar utility. Ensure that you use the -aparameter to preserve BINARY and ASCII properties.• If you are using the unzip utility, type:

unzip -a xPression.ear

• If you are using the jar utility, type:jar -xvf xPression.ear

Configuring JBossComplete the following steps:• Add Environment Variables, page 95

• Determine Your HTTP Server Port, page 95

• Prepare Your JBoss Environment for Installation, page 96

Add Environment Variables

Ensure that the JAVA_HOME environment variable is set to point to your JDK installation.

For Windows systems, check your environment variables by opening the System Properties from theWindows Control Panel. Click the Advanced tab and click Environment Variables.

For Linux systems, ensure the JAVA_HOME environment variable appears in your .bash_profile filelocated in your root directory. This file is hidden by default. If the JAVA_HOME variable does notappear in this file, add the JAVA_HOME variable and ensure it points to the directory where yourJava JDK is installed. For example:JAVA_HOME="<path>" export JAVA_HOME

Determine Your HTTP Server Port

To determine your HTTP server port number, complete the following steps:

1. In the Jboss_Installation_Directory\standalone\configuration folder, open oneof the following files to edit:• If you have not installed xPression Server, open standalone.xml.

• If you have already installed xPression Server, open xPression-standalone.xml.

95

Page 96: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Two: Configure Application Server Before Installation

2. The HTTP port is defined in the following property:<socket-binding name="http" port="8080"/>

Prepare Your JBoss Environment for Installation

To prepare your environment for installation, complete the following steps:

1. Locate the Server_Installer directory in your installation package and locate the xPressionServer installer.

2. Locate the xPression EAR file for your JBoss version and copy it to same directory as thexPression Server installer.

3. Rename the xPression EAR file as xPression.ear. xPression will deploy your EAR fileautomatically.

96

Page 97: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 6Step Three: Install xPression Server

You must have JRE 1.6 or higher versions to run the installer. You can run the installer in two modes:GUI-enabled mode for Windows, UNIX, and Linux, or command line mode for UNIX and Linux.

Locate the appropriate installer from the installation package according to your platform. ForCompuSet installation, you can select whether to install CompuSet in the installation wizard.

See the following topics:• About the Installer, page 97

• Running the xPression Installer, page 98

• Installing the Server in Silent Mode, page 105

About the InstallerBefore running the installer, be aware of the following issues:• This installer does not work with Windows Add/Remove programs. For steps to uninstall thexPression Server, see Uninstalling xPression Server, page 189.

• To prevent potential xPression production errors, verify that your system clock is set accuratelybefore installing xPression. If your system clock is incorrect at installation time and is corrected ata later time, the inconsistencies with the last usage date can cause xPression to fail.

• The xPression installation program requires approximately 520 MB to run. The Disk SpaceInformation page in the installer shows that you need 174 MB to install the xPression Server.However, this refers only to the size of the files being copied to your system. The installer itselfrequires the remaining space. Ensure your system has the required disk space allotment of aminimum of 520 MB.

• If you encounter a JAVA JVM error while trying to uninstall the xPression Server, the programmay be having trouble recognizing your JVM. You can force the program to recognize your JVMas long as the JVM is version 1.6. To accomplish this, you must append the JVM path to the endof the command when starting the installer.

• If you are using the GUI installer on Linux or UNIX, see the following recommendations:— To use the GUI-based installation wizard on UNIX, log in to your UNIX server as anadministrative user and ensure that xWindows is running on your system. If you are usingtelnet to remotely access and execute the installation program, ensure that you set yourDISPLAY property as follows:

97

Page 98: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

DISPLAY=<IP Address>:0 export DISPLAY

— EMCDocument Sciences recommends that you install xPression with a root-level user account.If you use a non-root-level user to install xPression and intend on using local authentication,you must complete the configuration changes identified in Configuring Local Authenticationfor Non-Root Users, page 109. If you fail to make these changes, xRevise and xResponseauthentication will fail.

— The GUI-based installation wizard requires xWindows and contains the same installer screensas the Windows version.

• WebSphere Users — When configuring your WebSphere application server, you created aWebSphere variable named XPRESSIONHOME. If you install xPression to a directory that isdifferent than the directory identified in the variable, you must change the WebSphere variable.

• xPressionVersion.properties — The xPressionVersion.properties file located in your xPressionEAR directory is only used as the base template to generate the xPressionVersion.propertiesfile in your xPressionHome directory during installation. The xPressionVersion.properties filelocated in your xPression EAR directory is not updated and might be different from the onein your xPressionHome directory.

• Some startup log information may not be displayed on the JBOSS Console. You can always checkxPression.log for all xPression log messages.

Running the xPression InstallerLocate the Server_Installer directory in your installation package.

For Windows, run xPression_Server_Installer_Windows.exe.

For Linux, AIX, or Solaris, complete the following procedure:

1. Locate xPression_Server_Installer_your_server.bin in the package, whereyour_system refers to the operation system on which to install xPression Server.

2. Start the command line interface and run the corresponding command. For example, on Linux,start the command line Terminal, and run one of the following commands to start the installationwizard:• For the GUI installer, use the following command:

sh xPression_Server_Installer_your_server.bin

• For the command line installer, use the following command:sh xPression_Server_Installer_your_server.bin –i console

Follow the instructions in the installation wizard, and supply necessary information on each page.

The “Choose Installer Type” Page

If you want to install CompuSet with xPression, select the Compuset option.

Note: If you install xPression Documentum Edition, do not select this option.

98

Page 99: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

The “xPression Installation Folder” Page

Define the directory where you want to install xPression. Your installation path cannot containsnon-English characters.

In this document, this directory will be referred to as the xPressionHome directory.

The “Select Application Server Type” Page

Select your application server type and version.

Selecting Application Server Installation Directory

If you are using WebSphere, the Select WebSphere Installation Folder page appears. Supply thepath to your WebSphere\AppServer directory. For example: C:\WebSphere\AppServer

If you are using WebLogic, the Select WebLogic Home page appears. Supply thedirectory where Oracle WebLogic is installed. By default, the WebLogic Home directory isC:\Oracle\Middleware\Oracle_Home

If you are using JBoss, the Select JBoss Installation Folder page appears. Supply the path to thedirectory where JBoss is installed.

Selecting Application Server Home Directory

If you are using WebSphere, the Select WebSphere Profile Home Directory page appears. Providethe full path of your WebSphere profile. For example:C:\WebSphere\AppServer\profiles\xPressionProfile

If you are using WebLogic, the Select Oracle WebLogic Domain Directory page appears. Supplyyour WebLogic domain folder. This directory should be:WebLogic_Home\user_projects\domains\xpression\

The “Select JDK Installation Folder” Page

If you are using JBoss and Websphere, this page appears. Supply the path to the JDK installationdirectory.

99

Page 100: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

The “Select EAR Folder” Page

Supply the path to the directory where you want to deploy xPression.ear. This file should residein the same directory as the xPression Server Installer. When completed, proceed to the next step.This applies to WebSphere, WebLogic, and JBoss.

The “Application Server Information” Page

For WebSphere, define the following options:• http or https—Sets up an HTTP server or a secure HTTPS server.

• HTTP Server Port—The port number of your HTTP Server. You should have written down thisport number when configuring your application server.

• RMI Port—Your RMI port number. The RMI port number is the same as the bootstrap portnumber.

• Protocol—Select corbaloc or iiop. Both protocols works with xPression, but EMC DocumentSciences recommends using CORBALOC for most environments. Consult your systemadministrator to determine which protocol to use.

• HTTPS Server Port — The port number of your HTTPS server. You should have written down thisport number when configuring your application server.

For WebLogic, the port number you supply here should be the same as the WebLogic Server ListenerPort in the WebLogic Configuration Wizard. You can also look up the port number by locating thefollowing code in the config.xml file in your xPression domain directory:<Server ListenAddress="" ListenPort="7001" Name="xPression" ...

For JBoss, define the following options:• HTTP or HTTPS— You can choose to set up an HTTP server or a secure HTTPS server. Previouslythe server was non-secure by default and using a secure server required manual configuration. Toset up an HTTPS server, select HTTPS.

• HTTP Server Port — The port number of your HTTP Server. By default, this port is 8080.

• RMI Port — Set the RMI port number. Ensure the port you choose is not in use by anotherapplication. To see a list of JBoss ports, check your standalone.xml file.

100

Page 101: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

The “HTTP Server Connection” Page

Supply the following information:• Descriptive name of the server connection — Supply a descriptive server name for applicationserver that will host xPression.

• Server Name or IP Address — Supply the actual server name for the application server thatwill host xPression or supply the IP address.

• HTTP Proxy — An HTTP Proxy server enables you to route your users requests through a proxyserver instead of allowing them to directly connect to the xPression Server. If you want to use anHTTP Proxy server, select the checkbox and supply the HTTP Proxy server name or IP address.

The “Select Driver” Page

Select your xPression database type, and then supply the path to your database driver.

For DB2 driver, db2jcc.jar and db2jcc_license_cu.jar are required.

The "Database URL Settings" Page

If you are using JBoss and WebShere, this page appears. Supply the following information accordingto your database type.

For DB2, supply the following settings to configure the database URL:• Database Name — The name of your xPression database. You created this database in Step Two:Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

• User Name — Your xPression database user name. You created this user name in Step Three:Create a New Database User, page 43.

• User Password — The password for your xPression database user name.

For Oracle, supply the following settings to configure the database URL:• Server Name — The name of the server that hosts your database.

• Port Number — Your database port number.

• Database Name — The name of your xPression database. You created this database in Step One:Create a New Database, page 54.

• User Name — Your xPression database user name. You created this user in Step Two: Create aNew Database User, page 55.

• User Password — The password for your xPression database user name.

For SQL Server, supply the following settings to configure the database URL:• Server Name — The name of the server that hosts your database.

• Port Number — Your database port number. See Determine Port Number, page 67.

101

Page 102: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

• Database Name — The name of your xPression database. You created this database in Step One:Create a New Database, page 63.

• User Name — Your xPression database user name.

• User Password — The password for your xPression database user name.

The “E-Mail Server” Page

To use e-mail as a distribution method, type the name or IP address of the e-mail server used todistribute xPression documents. When finished, proceed to the next step.

The “User Authentication Security Settings” Page

On this page you will set up your user authentication method. You can select Local or LDAP. ClickNext.• Local Security — Select this option to enable user authentication on the local machine. Users withaccess to the local machine will also have access to xPression.

• LDAP — Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a set of protocols for accessinginformation directories. Select this option to set up LDAP authentication. When you select LDAP,you must supply LDAP authentication settings on the next page.

When finished, proceed to the next step.

The “LDAP Authentication” Page

This page only appears if you selected LDAP authentication on the previous page. Non-LDAP usersproceed to the next step. The LDAP Authentication page appears. Supply your LDAP authenticationinformation here. Supply the following settings. These settings can be altered after installation byaltering these settings in the ldapcfg.properties file.

• Provider URL— The URL of the LDAP server. For example:ldap://localhost:389

• Name Attribute— Select one of the following:— cn — This is the common name attribute, which is the first name followed by last name. CN isselected by default. But xPression also supports any customized name. Use this option if youruser objects appear in the following format: First Name Last Name. For example: Jimmy Johnson

— uid — this is the user ID attribut, which is the first initial and last name. Use this option if youruser objects appear as a username. For example: jjohnson

— sAMAccountName — A common name attribute to identify the Distinguished Name (DN). Itis also used as the value for LDAP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE in ldapcfg.properties.

For customized LDAP name attributes, you must manually configure the ldapcfg.properties file asshown in LDAPUser Authentication, page 19.

102

Page 103: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

• BindDN—The DN used to connect to the LDAP server when xPression performs searches againstthe LDAP server. It is also the used as the value of LDAP_ADMIN_DN in ldapcfg.properties

• Bind Credential — The password for the Bind DN. It is also the used as the value ofLDAP_ADMIN_PWD in ldapcfg.properties

• User Mode— Controls the way xPression retrieves users. Select one of the following:— FILTERANDGROUP - When using this value, xPression returns only those users that aremembers of the organizational unit defined in LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT and only thosegroups that are members of the organizational unit defined in LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT.

— FILTER - xPression uses only LDAP_USER_FILTER to limit the users retrieved. FILTER is thedefault value.

When using this value, xPression returns all users and groups that are members of theorganizational unit defined by LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT.

— GROUP —When using this value, xPression returns all users and groups that are members ofthe organizational unit defined by LDAP_GROUP_CONTEXT.

• User Context— This identifies the starting point within the LDAP directory hierarchy forperforming user and group searches. It is the search base for the entire LDAP directory tree.The search will remain in scope for this branch. If another branch in the tree also contains theinterested users and groups, then the parent of the two branches should be configured as thesearch base. This is the distinguished name where the search will begin.

• User Filter— This is the search filter that should be used to display a list of individual groupobjects. For example: "(objectclass=person)"

• Group Context — Use as the root context to retrieve groups. By default, this isset to match the LDAP_NAME_CONTEXT value. This parameter is active whenLDAP_USER_MODE=FILTERANDGROUP. or LDAP_USER_MODE=FILTER

• Group Filter— This is the search filter that should be used to display a list of individual groupobjects.

• Member Attribute— This attribute determines which groups the user belongs to. For example:uniquemember

Note: If you use Secure LDAP as your authentication method and use self-signed certificates orserver certificates that are not pre-installed, you must import the certificates into the truststore usedby your application server. For instructions on how to import certificates refer to your applicationserver documentation.

The “Documentum Settings” Page

If you are integrating with a Documentum repository, configure the following settings:• Specify the location of the Documentum /config directory

• Specify the location where Documentum DFC is installed

103

Page 104: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

The “Cluster Settings” Page

If you are installing an xPression cluster node, configure the settings on this page. If you are notinstalling an xPression cluster node, you can skip this page. See xPression Groups Messages, page 31for more information.

Select one of the following:• Local — xPression is configured to use Local cast by default. Use Local cast when xPression isused in a single-server environment. xPression will only send messages to the local machine. Toconfigure xPression for Local cast, you don’t have to do anything, xPression will be configuredupon installation.

• Mulitcast — This method should be used when you want to use IP Multicast. Please ensure thatIP Multicast is available in your network environment.

Define the following:— Cluster Name — The unique name for a group of cluster nodes. This name will be used as thevalue of xPressionGroupsName in xPressionCache.properties.

— Current Node Name — This value is only for OnDemand implementations. On premiseinstallations should ignore this setting.

— Multicast Address — the Multicast address. The default value is 239.192.11.11.

— Mulitcast Port — the Multicast port number.

• Unicast — This method should be used when IP Multicast is disabled by your networkadministrator. xPression Groups supports Unicast messages through TCP protocol.

Define the following:— Cluster Name — The unique name for a group of cluster nodes. This name will be used as thevalue of xPressionGroupsName in xPressionCache.properties.

— Current Node Name — This value is only for OnDemand implementations. On premiseinstallations should ignore this setting.

— Unicast Port — the port number of the local xPression Server.

— Unicast Members — list all of the servers in the cluster by IP address and port number usingthe following syntax:ip_address[port],ip_address[port],

The “Performance Settings” Page

Define the following performance settings according to your business requirements. Select Medium,Large, or Custom. If you select Medium, the initial memory will be set to 128 and the maximummemory will be set to 512. If you select Large, the initial memory will be set to 512 and the maximummemory will be set to 1024. If you select Custom, you can supply your own values.

104

Page 105: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

The “User Selection Summary” Page

This page shows a list of the options you selected during the install.

The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page

This page shows the installer disk space requirements.

For the GUI installer, click Install.

For the command line installer, press Enter.

The installation program begins copying files to the server. A status bar measures the progress ofthe installation.

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso clients dialogs mixes up, on the Windows ControlPanel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization > Display >Adjust ClearType text window.

Restart Your Server

The xPression server installation makes registry and environment changes to your system that willonly take effect when the server is restarted. Restart your server.

Installing the Server in Silent ModeThis feature enables you to capture your installation selections in an installation response file,then use that file to perform additional installations without the need to remake your installationselections. First, you must run the xPression Server installer in order to capture your installationselections in a response file. After the response file is created, you can use it to automatically supplythe installation selections to the xPression Server installer for additional installations.

Silent mode means that no errors or warnings are reported while the installation is running. Besides,there is no notification that the installation is complete. To verify that the installation is complete,check the xPression_Server_InstallLog.log in the USER_INSTALL_DIR directory. You can also getinstallation messages in a console on Windows by holding down the CTRL key immediately afterlaunching the installer. This action activates DEBUG mode. Hold down the CTRL key until theconsole appears.

See the following topics:• Creating the xPression Server Silent Mode Response File, page 106

• Running the xPression Server in Silent Mode, page 106

105

Page 106: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

Creating the xPression Server Silent Mode ResponseFile

By default, the xPression Server installer creates a Silent Mode response file each time the installeris run. Your installation selections are captured in the installer.properties file that is stored in yourxPressionHome\UninstallerData directory. The response file is created automatically for boththe GUI and console mode installers.

Running the xPression Server in Silent Mode

Once you have a response file, you must supply it to the xPression Server installer for any installationyou want to perform in Silent Mode. By default, a Silent Mode installation will look in the directoryin which it resides for installer.properties response file, but you can also specify a different locationfor the file. Use the following switches when running the xPression Server installer in Silent Mode.• -i silent—Activates Silent Mode.— On Windows platforms:

xPression_Server_with_CompuSet_Installer_Windows.exe -i silent

— On Linux or UNIX platforms:xPression_Server_with_CompuSet_Installer_platform.bin -i silent

• -f—Enables you to supply a path to an installer.properties file that does not reside in the samedirectory as the xPression Server installer. For example:— On Windows platforms:

xPression_Server_with_CompuSet_Installer_Windows.exe -i silent-f "C:\installer.properties"

— On Linux or UNIX platforms:xPression_Server_with_CompuSet_Installer_platform.bin -i silent-f "C:\installer.properties"

where platform should be replaced with your specific platform.

To Run the xPression Server Installer in Silent Mode1. Open a command window.

2. Navigate to the directory that contains your xPression Server installer.

3. Type the command above according to your platform. If your installer.properties file is notstored in the same directory as the xPression Server installer, use the -f switch to supply thepath to the file.

106

Page 107: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

4. The installer will run in the background until completion.

107

Page 108: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Three: Install xPression Server

108

Page 109: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 7Step Four: Configure xPression Server

After you have installed the xPression server, configure the server as necessary. See the followingsteps:• Additional Steps for Linux and UNIX, page 109

• Additional Configurations for WebSphere, page 110

• Additional Configurations for WebLogic, page 112

• Additional Configurations for JBoss, page 121

• Configuring the xPression Diagnostic Utility, page 126

• Oracle Database Settings for BatchRunner, page 127

• Configuring User Access for xAdmin and xDashboard, page 127

• Connecting CompuSet Bridge to the Server, page 128

Additional Steps for Linux and UNIXComplete the following additional configuration steps if you are using Linux or UNIX platforms:• Configuring Local Authentication for Non-Root Users, page 109

• Configurations for Using the xPression Documentum Repository, page 110

• Editing bash_profile for JBoss on Linux, page 110

Configuring Local Authentication for Non-Root Users

If you use a non-root-level user to install xPression on a WebSphere or WebLogic server, and intendon using local authentication, you must complete the following configuration changes.

Note: Without these changes, xRevise and xResponse authentication will fail.

1. Navigate to the following directory: xPressionHome/Drivers.

2. Locate the LinuxAuthUser (for Linux), SolarisAuthUser (for Solaris), or the AIXAuthUser (forAIX) file.

109

Page 110: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

3. Change the owner of this file for the root user as follows.• For Linux:

chown root LinuxAuthUserchmod 4655 LinuxAuthUser

• For AIX:chown root: root AIXAuthUserchmod 4655 AIXAuthUser

• For Solaris:chown root: root SolarisAuthUserchmod 4655 SolarisAuthUser

Configurations for Using the xPression DocumentumRepository

If you are a Documentum user and are using the xPression Documentum Repository, you must makethe following changes to your Java Security file.

1. On the server, navigate to the JavaHome directory used by your applications server.

2. Open the security folder.JavaHome/JDK_version/lib/security/

3. Open the java.security file for editing.

4. Locate and comment out the following statement:securerandom.source=file:/dev/urandom

5. Add the following statement to the file:securerandom.source=file:/dev/random

6. Save and close the file.

Editing bash_profile for JBoss on Linux

Open .bash_profile, and add JBoss_installation_directory/bin to $PATH.

Additional Configurations for WebSphereComplete the following configurations if you are using WebSphere:• Increasing Application Server Memory, page 111

• Library File Usage, page 111

• Configurations for CompuSet Jobs in RMI Mode, page 111

110

Page 111: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Increasing Application Server Memory

The xPression server sometimes requires more memory than has been set in WebSphere to performimport and export functions. To optimize system performance, you can increase the Java HeapSize for your xPression Server via the JVM (Java Virtual Machine) settings page of WebSphereadministrative console.

Library File Usage

xPression Batch may be unable to publish HTML documents if the library files used by WebSphereare not the ones most compatible with xPression.

Configurations for CompuSet Jobs in RMI Mode

You must do the following configurations for CompuSet jobs in RMI mode. The configurationsare optional for xPublish jobs. xPublish jobs will still run successfully with a warning or an errormessage at the beginning of jobs.

1. Copy WebSphere_Profile_directory/properties/sas.client.props, for example, C:\IBM\WebSphere\AppServer\profiles\AppSrv01\properties\sas.client.props,to the xPression Server and all hosts that run batch jobs. The paths of this file on the Server andhosts are referenced as SASClientPropsServer and SASClientPropsHost in the following steps.

2. Set the following properties in SASClientPropsServer/sas.client.props andSASClientPropsHost/sas.client.props:com.ibm.CSI.performTransportAssocSSLTLSRequired=falsecom.ibm.CSI.performClientAuthenticationSupported=false

3. Open xPressionHome/batchrunner.properties on the server, and add the followingconfiguration to the Java_Option property:-Dcom.ibm.CORBA.ConfigURL=file:///SASClientPropsServer/sas.client.props

4. Open xPressionHome/BatchRunner.bat or xPressionHome/BatchRunner.sh on thebatch job hosts, and add the following configuration to the Java command line:-Dcom.ibm.CORBA.ConfigURL=file:///SASClientPropsHost/sas.client.props

5. Add the following configuration in the com2ejbbridge.properties files:com.ibm.CORBA.ConfigURL=file:///SASClientPropsServer/sas.client.props

on the server, andcom.ibm.CORBA.ConfigURL=file:///SASClientPropsHost/sas.client.props

on the batch job hosts.

111

Page 112: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Additional Configurations for WebLogicComplete the following configurations if you are using WebLogic:• Setting Java Options for UNIX Systems, page 112

• Defining Path for xPression Logging, page 112

• Starting the xPression Server, page 113

• Configuring xPression on WebLogic, page 113

• Starting the Enterprise Archive Files, page 120

• Increasing Memory Size, page 120

Setting Java Options for UNIX Systems

If you are using a UNIX system, complete the following steps:

1. Open startxPressionServer.sh with a text editor.

2. Near the bottom of the file, location the following section of text:%JAVA_HOME%/bin/java %JAVA_VM% %MEM_ARGS% %JAVA_OPTIONS%

3. After %JAVA_OPTIONS%, add the following parameter:-Djava.awt.headless=true

For example:%JAVA_HOME%/bin/java %JAVA_VM% %MEM_ARGS% %JAVA_OPTIONS%-Djava.awt.headless=true

Defining Path for xPression Logging

This step is for Documentum users only. If you are using Documentum, you must make the followingconfiguration change to ensure that xPression events are written to the xPression log. Without thisconfiguration step, the events will be written to the Documentum log.

To ensure that xPression sends logging information to the correct location, add the followingparameter to the xPression start script. The start script is located in your xPression domain directory:startxPressionServer.cmd for Windows or startxPressionServer.sh for UNIX.

1. Locate your xPression start script.

2. Open the start script for editing.

3. Locate the variable JAVA_OPTIONS.

4. Add the following parameter to the end of the JAVA_OPTIONS statement-Dlog4j.configuration="xPressionHome\LogConfiguration"

112

Page 113: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Starting the xPression Server

The xPression Server installation program delivers a startup script for starting the new xPressionServer: startxPressionServer.cmd for Windows and startxPressionServer.sh for UNIX.This file is located in the xPression domain directory. For example:WebLogic_Home/user_projects/domains/xpression/bin

For Windows, double-click the startxPressionServer.cmd file to start the xPression Server.

For UNIX, if your administrator made arrangements for non-root users to start the server, you canuse the following command:nohup ./startxPressionServer.sh &

The ampersand (&) enables the script to be executed in the background, returning access to yourshell. The nohup statement prevents the process from being shut down when you exit your shell.

When prompted, supply the username and password that you defined when creating the xPressiondomain and server in the WebLogic Configuration Wizard.

Configuring xPression on WebLogic

To configure your new xPression server, launch the WebLogic Admin Console by starting the AdminConsole shortcut in the WebLogicHome/wlserver/server directory.

When prompted, supply the administrative username and password you created in Create a NewWebLogic Configuration, page 94.

To configure the application server, complete the following steps:• Configure Data Sources, page 113

• Manually Deploy the Enterprise Archive File, page 119

• Configure JTA, page 120

Configure Data Sources

To configure your data sources for xPression, you must create a new JDBC data source.

1. If you are using the Production Mode, click Lock & Edit from the Change Center on the upper-leftcorner of the Admin Console. The Lock & Edit button is not displayed for Development Mode. Ifyou are using the Development Mode, ignore this step.

2. From the Domain Structure section, select Services > Data Sources. The Summary of JDBCData Sources page appears.

3. Select New > Generic Data Source. The Create a New JDBC Data Source page appears.

113

Page 114: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

4. From the Database Type list, select your database type. For instructions for specific databasedrivers, see the following topics:• DB2 JDBC Driver, page 114

• Oracle JDBC Driver, page 116

• Microsoft SQL Server Driver, page 117

DB2 JDBC Driver

To define the DB2 JDBC driver:1. Supply the following values for your DB2 database.

Setting Definition

Name DB2 JDBC xPression Connection Pool

JNDI Name jdbc/xPression_CR

Database Type Select DB2.

Database Driver Select IBM’s DB2 Driver (Type 4) for JDBC and SQL Versions: 8.Xand later.

2. Click Next.

3. The Transaction Options page appears. Ensure Supports Global Transactions is selected andclick Next.

4. The Connection Properties page appears. Supply the following values.

Settings Definition

Database Name Supply the name of the database you created in Step Two: Create a NewDB2 Database, page 41.

Host Name Supply the name or IP address of the database server.

Port Supply the port number for the database you created in Step Two:Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

Database User Name Supply the user name for the database user you created to connect tothe xPression database. You created this user in

Password/ConfirmPassword

Supply the password for the user you created to connect to the xPressiondatabase.

5. Click Next.

6. The Test Database Connection page appears. Ensure that the following values are defined.

Setting Value

Driver ClassName com.ibm.db2.jcc.DB2Driver

114

Page 115: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Setting Value

URL Ensure that the value you defined for the Database Name isreflected in the URL path.

jdbc:db2:IP_address:Port/databaseName

For example, jdbc:db2://10.32.229.33:50001/xprv45

Database User Name Ensure the database username you supplied correctly appearsin this box.

Database Password/ConfirmPassword

Type your database password.

Properties The following values should appear in the Properties box:

user=<your database user name>

DatabaseName=<your database name>

Where <your database user name> is the user name you createdin Step Three: Create a New Database User, page 43.

and <your database name> is the name of the database youcreated Step Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

7. The following values should appear in the Properties box:user=<your database user name> DatabaseName=<your database name>

Where <your database user name> is user name you created in Step Three: Create a NewDatabase User, page 43 and <your database name> is the name of the database you created inStep Two: Create a New DB2 Database, page 41.

8. Click Test Driver Configuration to ensure that WebLogic can connect to the database using theinformation you provided.

9. When completed, click Finish to create the new data source.

10. The new database should appear in your Data Sources table. Click the database name to viewthe Settings for DB2 JDBC xPression Connection Pool page. On the General page, select RowPrefetch Enabled and click Save.

11. Click Connection Pools and supply the following values.

Setting Definition

Initial Capacity 5

Maximum Capacity 20

You may need to increase this value if you havetrouble importing large PDP files.

12. Click the Advanced link to display the advanced options.

13. Select Test Connections on Reserve.

115

Page 116: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

14. In the Test Table Name box, ensure the value is SQL SELECT COUNT(*) FROMSYSIBM.SYSTABLES.

15. Click Save.

16. Click the Targets tab and select all servers that you want to target. Click Save.

17. From the Change Center section, click Activate Changes.

Oracle JDBC Driver

To define the Oracle JDBC driver, complete the following steps:

1. Supply the following values for your Oracle database, and click Next.

Setting Definition

Name Oracle JDBC xPression Connection Pool

JNDI Name The path where the data source is bound. By default, the JNDIname is the data source name. For example:

jdbc/xPression_CR

Database Type Select Oracle

2. In theDatabase Driver list, select: Oracle’s Driver (Thin) for Service connections; Versions:Any,and click Next.

3. On the Transactions Options page, leave the settings at their default value, and click Next.

4. On the Connection Properties page, supply the Oracle database information that you configuredin Step One: Create a NewDatabase, page 54 and Step Two: Create a NewDatabase User, page 55.

5. On the Test Database Connection page, review the following configurations, and click Next.

Setting Value

Driver ClassName oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver

URL Ensure that the values you defined for the Port and DatabaseName are reflected in the URL path.

The syntax for the URL is:

jdbc:oracle:thin:@server:port:databaseName

Database User Name Ensure the database username you supplied correctly appearsin this box.

Password/Confirm Password Ensure the correct password is used.

Propertiesuser=database_username

where database_username is the username of your xPressiondatabase.

6. Select all of the servers that you want to target and click Finish.

116

Page 117: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

7. On the Summary of JDBC Data Sources page, click your data source from theData Sources tableto open the settings page.

8. On the General tab, select Row Prefetch Enabled and click Save.

9. On the Connection Pool tab, configure the following options, and click Save.

Setting Definition

Initial Capacity 5

Maximum Capacity 20

Note: You may need to increase this value if youhave trouble importing large PDP files.

10. Click the Advanced link to display the advanced options, and ensure that the Test ConnectionsOn Reserve option is selected.

11. In the Test Table Name box, ensure that the value is SQL SELECT 1 FROM DUAL, and clickSave.

12. From the Change Center section, click View changes and restarts. The Changes and Restartspage appears.

13. You can view that your data source is listed on the Restart Checklist tab. Select the data sourceand click Restart.

Microsoft SQL Server Driver

To define the Microsoft SQL Server JDBC driver, complete the following steps:

1. Supply the following values for your SQL Server database.

Setting Definition

Name MSSQL JDBC xPression Connection Pool

JNDI Name The path where the data source is bound. By default, the JNDI name isthe data source name. For example:

jdbc/xPression_CR

Database Type SelectMS SQL Server

2. Click Next and supply the following values:

Setting Definition

Database Type MS SQL Server

Database Driver Select Other

3. The Transactions Options page appears. Leave the settings at their default value and click Next.

4. The Connection Properties page appears. Supply the following values and click Next.

117

Page 118: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Setting Definition

Database User Name Supply the user name for the database user you created toconnect to the xPression database. You created this user in .

Password/Confirm Password Supply the password for the user you created to connect to thexPression database.

5. The Test database connection page appears. Ensure that the following values are defined.

Setting Value

Driver ClassName com.microsoft.sqlserver.jdbc.SQLServerDriver

URL Ensure that the value you defined for the Port is reflected in theURL path.

For SQL Server 2008 R2/2012:

jdbc:sqlserver://<serverName>:<portnumber>;

databaseName=<databaseName>

Database User Name Ensure the database username you supplied correctly appearsin this box.

Password/Confirm Password Ensure the database password is defined in these boxes.

Properties Ensure the following values are defined in the properties boxfor SQL Server 2008 R2/2012:

user=<xPression_Database_User_Name> databaseName

=<databaseName> selectMethod=cursor

6. Click Test Configuration to ensure that WebLogic can connect to the database using theinformation you provided. The test should be successful.

7. When completed, click Finish.

8. The new data source appears in the data source table. Click your data source name from thetable to view the data source settings.

9. On the General page, select Row Prefetch Enabled and click Save.

10. Click Connection Pool and configure the following options.

Setting Definition

Initial Capacity 5

Maximum Capacity 20

You may need to increase this value if you havetrouble importing large PDP files.

11. Click the Advanced link to display the advanced options.

12. Select Test Connections on Reserve.

13. In the Test Table Name box, ensure the value is SQL SELECT 1.

118

Page 119: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

14. Click Save.

15. Click the Targets tab and select all servers that you want to target. Click Save.

16. From the Change Center section, click Activate Changes.

Note: If you select non-English language for an SQL account, issues can take place during themigration phase. Thus, we urge you to make sure that English is used with select name ,language from master..syslogins where name = ’XPRESS_46’ (where ’XPRESS_46’ isSQL xPression user). If required, modify it the following way:ALTER LOGIN XPRESS_46 WITHDEFAULT_LANGUAGE = English

Configuring WebLogic When Publishing xPresso for WordDocuments from xBatchWhen publishing xPresso for Word documents from xBatch on WebLogic 12C and theUseAssemblyServiceEJB=false, following JVM parameters should be appended forJava_Option of the BatchRunner files located in xPression Home:-Dcom.sun.xml.ws.spi.db.BindingContextFactory=com.sun.xml.ws.db.glassfish.JAXBRIContextFactory

-Djavax.xml.bind.JAXBContext=com.sun.xml.bind.v2.ContextFactory

Manually Deploy the Enterprise Archive File

To manually deploy your enterprise archive file, complete the following steps:

1. From the Domain Structure section on the left side of the Admin Console main page, clickDeployments. The Summary of Deployments page appears.

2. Click Install. The Install Application Assistant appears.

3. Navigate to the \xPression.ear directory you created in Extract the xPression EnterpriseArchive Files, page 94, and ensure that the \xPression.ear folder is specified in the Path field.

4. On the Choose targeting style page, select Install this deployment as an application, and clickNext. The Optional Settings page appears.

5. Leave the options at their default selections and click Finish. The deployment will take a fewseconds. When the application deployment completes, the Summary of Deployments pageappears.

6. Click your application name in the Deployments list. The Settings for YourApplication pageappears.

7. On the Targets tab, ensure that the application is targeted to your server.

Caution: Be aware that the enterprise archive file must be Started manually when yourconfiguration is complete.

119

Page 120: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Configure JTA

To modify the Java Transaction API (JTA) configuration for your xPression Server domain, completethe following steps:

1. In the Change Center section of the Admin Console, click Lock & Edit if you see this option.Otherwise, ignore this step.

2. From the Domain Structure section, select Services > JTA.

3. Set the value of Timeout Seconds to 3600 and click Save.

Starting the Enterprise Archive Files

To start your enterprise archive file, complete the following steps:

1. In the Change Center section of the Admin Console, click Lock & Edit if you see this option.Otherwise, ignore this step.

2. From the Domain Structure section, click Deployments.

3. Select the xPression enterprise archive file to start, and select Start > Servicing all requests.Starting the enterprise archive file will take a few seconds. After the start completes, you canview the status in the State column.

Increasing Memory Size

To perform import and export functions, the xPression server sometimes requires more memorythan has been set. To optimize system performance, you may want to increase the Java Heap Sizefor your xPression Server.

The minimum and maximum memory sizes for WebLogic are passed from the xPressionserver at the time the server is started. For UNIX systems, these values are stored inthe StartxPressionServer.sh file; for Windows operating systems, they are in theWebLogicHome\user_projects\domains\xpression\bin\StartxPressionServer.cmdfile. Your System Administrator will help you find or modify these files.

To change the memory defaults, locate the line that looks similar to the following example andmake the desired changes.MEM_ARGS=”-Xms256m -Xmx1024m -Xss1m”

Increasing Maximum Message Size

If you encounter MaxMessageSizeExceededException errors, you can increase theMaximumMessage Size in the WebLogic Admin Console by completing the following steps:

120

Page 121: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

1. Log on to the Admin Console. From theDomain Structure section, select Environment > Servers,and click your admin server name in the list. The Settings for YourServer page appears.

2. On the Protocols > General tab, set the value ofMaximum Message Size to 50000000, andclick Save.

Additional Configurations for JBossComplete the following configurations if you are using JBoss:• Increasing Memory Settings, page 121

• Configuring Data Sources on JBoss, page 121

• Configuring Additional Components, page 125

• Starting and Stopping the Server, page 125

• Installing an xPresso Client on the Same Machine as the xPression Server, page 125

• Increasing Memory Size, page 120

Increasing Memory Settings

You can increase the Java memory settings via the following steps:

1. Locate standalone.conf.bat in the following directory:JBoss_install_dir\bin\

2. Open the file for editing.

3. Locate the following statement (your parameter values may be different than shown):SET "JAVA_OPTS=%JAVA_OPTS% -Xms128M -Xmx512M -XX:MaxPermSize=512M"

4. Increase the Xmx and MaxPermSize values to 1024M or higher.

5. Save and close the file.

Configuring Data Sources on JBoss

The xPression installation program places a data source configuration information in a file on yourserver. This information is automatically configured by the xPression installation program based onthe settings you provided during installation. You can update this information to add additionalsettings or to correct configuration errors.

You can find this information in the xPression-standalone.xml file located in the followingdirectory:JBoss_installation_directory\standalone\configuration

121

Page 122: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Perform the following database configuration steps if necessary:• Windows Authentication with Microsoft SQL Server, page 122

• Using a Relational Database with JBoss, page 122

• Using a Non-Default Data Source with JBoss, page 122

Windows Authentication with Microsoft SQL Server

If you are using Windows authentication with Microsoft SQL Server, add integratedSecurity=true to the connections string in the JBoss datasource configuration.

Open xPression-standalone.xml from the JBoss \standalone\configuration directory,and locate the <connection-url> element. Add integratedSecurity=true to the connectionstring. For example:<connection-url>jdbc:sqlserver://localhost:1433;selectMethod=cursor;databaseName=xpression;integratedSecurity=true</connection-url>

Using a Relational Database with JBoss

When setting up an RDB data source in xAdmin, the JNDI name syntax should be:java:/jdbc/xPression_Database_Name

For example: java:/jdbc/xPression_CR

Using a Non-Default Data Source with JBoss

A non-default data source is a data source from a database not configured for the xPressionapplication during installation. To use a data source that is a non-default data source for JBoss, youmust make a few configuration changes. The following procedure shows how to configure JBoss touse an Oracle data source with an xPression MS SQL database:

1. Acquire the Oracle thin application client driver, class12.zip, from Oracle website:http://www.oracle.com/technology/software/tech/java/sqlj_jdbc/index.html

2. Place the driver in a location on the local machine, and point to it within the JBoss startup scriptclasspath:SET JBOSS_CLASSPATH=

...:$ORACLE_DRIVER_DIRECTORY\class12.zip

3. Copy the oracle-ds.xml file located in the $JBOSS_INSTALL_HOME\docs\examples\jcadirectory, and paste in the $JBOSS_INSTALL_HOME\server\default\deploy\ directory.

4. Modify the following lines as follows:• Specify the name of the JNDI connection:

122

Page 123: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

<jndi-name>OracleDS</jndi-name>

• Update the line <connection-url>jdbc:oracle:thin:@your_oracle_host:port:your_sid</connection-url> as below:— your_oracle_host: The IP address or host name of the Oracle database you wish to connect to.

— port: The port the Oracle listener is configured to listen for remote connections.

— your_sid: The database SID.

The value of each of these components can be determined from the TNSNAMES.ora file,located in $ORACLE_HOME\db_1\NETWORK.

• Specify the username and password to log onto the Oracle database:<user-name>name</user-name><password>password</password>

5. Copy the following code into a file called oracleConnectionTest.jsp and place it in the$JBOSS_INSTALL_HOME\server\default\deploy\jmx-console.war directory:<%@page contentType="text/html"import="java.net.*.java.util.*,org.jboss.jmx.adapter.model.*,java.sql.*,javax.sql.*,javax.naming.*"%>

<html><head><title>JBoss->Oracle Connection Text</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="style_master.css" type="text/css"><meta http-equiv="cache-control" content="no-cache"></head><body><%InitialContext ctx = new InitialContext();DatabaseMetaData dm = null;DataSource ds = (DataSource)ctx.lookup("java:/jdbc/OracleDS");Connection conn = null;Statement stmt = null;try {conn = ds.getConnection();dm =conn.getMetaData();out.println("Connected to-> database version"+dm.getDatabaseProductVersion());

} catch (Exception sqlex) {out.println(sqlex.getMessage());} finally{conn.close();}%></body><html>

This will test if the connection to the Oracle database was successfully set up.

6. Start the xPression Server.

7. Test the connection by going to http://Your_Hostname:8080/jmx-console/oracleConnnectionTest.jsp. You should see a message that indicates the successful connection.

8. Launch xAdmin and create a new data source group using the settings in the following table.

Element Setting

Name The user-specified name of data source group.

123

Page 124: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Element Setting

Schema Source Type Relational Database.

Qualifier Leave blank.

You do not need a Qualifier unless the data source group is attachedto a specific schema outside the one the data source user login isassociated with. For example, the user is in the HR schema, and thedata source is in the EXAMPLES schema.

If, for some reason, you can’t retrieve the relational database tablesor date, try adding a Qualifier.

JNDI name java:/JNDI_Name_From_DS_File

Make sure that the JNDI name is prefixed with "java:/”.

Get Schema/Get Tables

Click to get the necessary tables.• Set the desired table to the primary table.

• Set the pk value for the primary table.

Make sure all DATE data types have no values under the LENGTHcolumn, such as, LENGTH=Unlimited. Otherwise, xDesign will beunable to pull data from the tables.

9. Create a new data source using the settings in the following table.

Element Setting

Name The user-specified name of data source group.

Schema Source Type Relational Database.

Qualifier Leave blank.

You do not need a Qualifier unless the data source group is attachedto a specific schema outside the one the data source user login isassociated with. For example, the user is in the HR schema, and thedata source is in the EXAMPLES schema.

If, for some reason, you can’t retrieve the relational database tablesor date, try adding a Qualifier.

JNDI name java:/JNDI_Name_From_DS_File

Make sure that the JNDI name is prefixed with "java:/”.

10. Once the data source has been created, you can then use it in a category and create documentsas normal.

124

Page 125: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Configuring Additional Components

Configure the following additional component if necessary:• Define Path for xPression Logging, page 125

Define Path for xPression Logging

This step is for Documentum users only. If you are using Documentum, you must make the followingconfiguration change to ensure that xPression events are written to the xPression log. Without thisconfiguration step, the events will be written to the Documentum log. To ensure that xPression sendslogging information to the correct location, add the following parameter to the xPression start script.This parameter will tell xPression where the default log configuration file resides.

1. Locate your xPression start script. See Starting and Stopping the Server, page 125 to find thelocation of the script.

2. Open the start script for editing.

3. Locate the variable JAVA_OPTS=.

4. Add the following parameter to the end of the JAVA_OPTS statement:-Dlog4j.configuration="xPressionHome\LogConfiguration"

Starting and Stopping the Server

To start the server, run either of the following scripts:• For Windows: JBoss_installation_directory\bin\StartxPressionServer.bat

• For Linux: JBoss_installation_directory/bin/StartxPressionServer.sh

When you run the script, JBoss will display numerous log messages from all of the JBoss componentsas they are deployed and started. The final message will indicate that the server has been started.

To stop the server, run either of the following scripts:• For Windows: JBoss_installation_directory\bin\shutdownxPressionServer.bat

• For Linux: JBoss_installation_directory/bin/shutdownxPressionServer.sh

Installing an xPresso Client on the Same Machine asthe xPression Server

If you are installing xPresso for InDesign or xPresso for Dreamweaver on the samemachine that hosts the xPression server, add a line to the Run.sh file located in theJBoss_installation_directory\bin folder. In the Run.sh file, locate the following line:-Djava.endorsed.dirs="$JBOSS_ENDORSED_DIRS" \

125

Page 126: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

After this line, add the following text to ensure that all the components of the xPression Serverare started correctly:

-Djava.awt.headless=true \

Configuring the xPression Diagnostic UtilityThe xPression diagnostic utility should only be used under the direction of EMC Document SciencesSupport personnel. The diagnostic data produced by the utility is likely only useful to EMCDocument Sciences developers.

This utility captures dumps of the inputs and outputs that certain programs generate duringassembly. This information can help Document Sciences Support personnel trace and resolveproblems with your xPression implementation.

You can capture assembly diagnostic data for a specific user from xDesign or for a specific batchrun by using xPression Batch.

The output created by this utility is stored on your xPression Server. If you are running this utilityfrom an xDesign client, you may need assistance from your IT department to retrieve the output.

Before you can use the utility, you must complete the following configuration steps:

1. Open the AssemblyEngine.properties file located in the xPressionHome directory.

2. Add the following parameter:DiagnosticDirectory=desired_server_path

where desired_server_path is a path on your xPression Server where utility output should bestored. This directory must already exist on your server, the utility will not create it for you.For example:

DiagnosticDirectory=C:\xPression\diagnosticfiles\

When the diagnostic utility output cannot be written to the directory you specify, the assemblyprocess continues, but a warning message is written to your xPression.log file.

See the xPression Server Administration Guide for more information about the xPression DiagnosticUtility.

126

Page 127: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Oracle Database Settings for BatchRunnerIf your customer data is in an Oracle database, and large batch jobs fail with a message inxPression.log indicating that xPression BatchRunner can’t find a record set, it is likely that theconnection to the database has timed out and been dropped. The timeout occurs intermittently whenparameter settings in the init.ora file are not high enough to enable BatchRunner to continueprocessing with the database connection.

EMC Document Sciences recommends changing the init.ora parameters to at least the valuesshown in the parameter list if your system can accommodate them. When choosing the parametervalues, consider the RAM capacity in your server and how your organization is using the system.Higher settings optimize BatchRunner’s performance if your system can handle them. Therecommended Oracle init.ora parameter settings are:

DB_BLOCKS_BUFFERS = 3540 (or more)LOG_BUFFER = 786432OPEN_CURSORS = 500SESSION_CACHED_CURSORS = 500CURSOR_SHARING = FORCESHARED_POOL_SIZE = 54525952 (or more)processes = 250sessions = 280star_transformation_enabled = TRUE

To apply the new settings, always restart your database after modifying the init.ora file.

Note: If you are using an Oracle-controlled data warehouse, set the star_transformation_enabledparameter to TRUE.

Configuring User Access for xAdmin andxDashboardUser access to xAdmin and xDashboard is no longer configured through your application server.xAdmin enables administrators to configure access based on roles. Your xPression installation comeswith a pre-configured super administrative user named xpressionsa. Use this user account to gaininitial access to xAdmin and set up access for your users based on their role. The password forthe super administrative user is xpressionsa but you can change it through the User Managementsection of xAdmin. If you forget the changed password for the super administrator, see Resetting theSuper Administrator User Password, page 128.

Upgrading customers should ensure that any xAdmin users previously configured through yourapplication server are now available to xAdmin through the mode of authentication you have chosenfor xPression users (LDAP or local operating system authentication). To learn more about assigningroles for your users, see the xAdmin User Guide.

127

Page 128: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Step Four: Configure xPression Server

Resetting the Super Administrator User Password

The super administrator username and password are the same upon installation(xpressionsa/xpressionsa). You can always change the password of the xpressionsa user throughxAdmin. If you forget your chosen password, you can reset the password to the default value(xpressionsa/xpressionsa) through a SQL script provided with your installation files. There is ascript for each database supported by xPression:• DB2 databases — DB2_Super_User_Password_Reset.ddl

• Oracle databases — Ora_Super_User_Password_Reset.sql

• Microsoft SQL Server databases — SQL_Super_User_Password_Reset.sql

Run the script against your xPression database to reset the password. Use the same procedure youused to install your xPression database tables.

Connecting CompuSet Bridge to the ServerTo connect CompuSet Bridge/Autograph 64-bit modules to the xPression Server in Servlet mode,apply the following registry changes:Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00

[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Wow6432Node\CLSID\{7154F305-383F-426B-9987-9E1ED0C993C6}]"AppID"="{7154F305-383F-426B-9987-9E1ED0C993C6}"

[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Wow6432Node\AppID\{7154F305-383F-426B-9987-9E1ED0C993C6}]"DllSurrogate"=""

[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\AppID\{7154F305-383F-426B-9987-9E1ED0C993C6}]"DllSurrogate"=""

128

Page 129: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 8Installing and Configuring ClientApplications

xPression Enterprise Edition users (including Enterprise Edition users who have purchasedDocumentum Edition as an add-on) need to install xDesign and can configure any other application iflicensed to do so. Documentum Edition-only users cannot install xDesign or configure xResponseand xRevise. Documentum Edition-only users must install one of the xPresso client applications.

See the installation and configurations for each client application:• xDesign, page 129

• xPresso for Word, page 134

• xPresso for Adobe InDesign, page 138

• xPresso for Dreamweaver, page 143

• Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148

• Configuring xResponse, page 149

• Configuring xRevise, page 151

• xEditor, page 152

• About Deploying xPressForms, page 156

• About xPression Adapter, page 157

• Using XQuery Outside of xPression, page 166

•• Specifying JDK Installation Folder Location, page 168

xDesignThe xPression Client installation makes use of the Windows Installer engine introduced withWindows 2000. If the installation program cannot find the Windows installer software on yourtarget system, you will be prompted to install it. At the beginning of the installation process, theinstallation program loads the Windows installer. This portion of the installation cannot be cancelledby clicking the Cancel button. You must wait for the Windows installer to finish loading, then cancelthe installation.

129

Page 130: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

You can find more information about Windows Installer at http://www.microsoft.com/windows2000/docs/wininstaller.doc

The installation program begins by attempting to detect a previously installed version of xPressionclient. If xPression does not detect a previously installed version, it follows the installation pathdescribed in Installing xDesign, page 130.

Chinese Language Paths

Installing xDesign to a path that contains Chinese characters is not supported; xDesign must beinstalled to an English character path.

Requirement for Windows

When installing xDesign on Windows, the default installation directory is C:\xPression Design. Ifyou change this default location to a sub-folder of the Program Files directory, you will need to use"run as administrator” to run xDesign.exe and winword.exe. To avoid this limitation, install xDesignto a location outside of the Program Files directory.

Before installing xDesign on Windows 2008 R2, you must use System Manager to install .NETFramework 3.5.1-Features;otherwise, you will encounter errors when launching xDesign.

Exporting Searchable Document Lists

If you have created searchable document lists while using xDesign previously, and you want to installxDesign on another computer, you can export the searchable document lists to the target computer.

The searchable document lists are saved in the registry of your computer at HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Document Sciences Corporation\xPression\xPressionDesign\Preferences\Stored Search Product Lists. To move the searchable documentlists to another computer, use registry tools to export the key/value pairs from that registry location,and then import them to the target computer.

Installing xDesign

The installation of xDesign uses a step-to-step wizard. Open the xDesign.net_Installerdirectory and double-click setup.exe to start the installation wizard. Follow the instructions on thewizard and provide necessary information on each step.

130

Page 131: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

You may encounter the following options during your installation:• On the Setup Type page, select a installation method. A Typical installation installs xDesign andthe xPression Help files, and a Custom installation enables you to install or exclude the xPressionHelp files and CompuSet.

• The Client Connectivity page defines how the client communicates with the xPression Server.Provide the following information:

Field/Option Definition

Application server platform Select your application server type from thedrop-down list.

Connection method Select RMI or Servlet. Select the correct method foryour system configuration.

Descriptive server name Type a descriptive name for the server. This namewill appear in the server name box when selecting aserver to log on to.

Server name or IPaddress

The name or IP address of the xPression Server.

xPressionServer

Port Number The port number of the xPression Server.

xPressForms Select this option if you are using xPressForms andsupply the server information in the provided boxes.This feature enables xDesign to access fxPressFormsto perform an xPressForms Search.

xPression Catalog Select this option if you are using Catalog and supplythe server information in the provided boxes. Thisfeature enables xDesign to access Catalog to performan Catalog Search.

• When the installation program completes, you are prompted to restart your system. You canselect to restart your system immediately or at a later time. Because the installation continues afterrestarting the computer, you must log on as an administrator during the restart.

Installing xDesign in Silent Mode

This feature enables you to capture your installation selections in an installation response file,then use that file to perform additional installations without the need to remake your installationselections. First, you must run the xDesign installation wizard in order to capture your installationselections in a response file. After the response file is created, you can use it to automatically supplythe installation selections to the xDesign installer for additional installations.

This section contains the following topics:• Changing Log Location for Silent Mode Installer, page 132

• Creating the xDesign Silent Installer Response File, page 132

• Running the xDesign Silent Installation, page 133

131

Page 132: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

If your xPression server is using the HTTPS protocol, the certificates of used HTTPS servers must beimported. See Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148 for detailed steps.

Changing Log Location for Silent Mode Installer

The Silent Mode installer log file provides result codes that indicate success or error in the installationprocess. By default, the name of the file is setup.log and it is created in the same directory as thexDesign installer (setup.exe). You can change the name and location of this log file with the f2 switch.Use the following syntax:setup.exe /s /f2"C:\silentmodelog.log"

Ensure you place the path and file name in quotes. Do not place a space between the switch and thepath.

The log returns the following result codes:• –0 — Success

• –1— General error

• –2 — Invalid mode

• –3 — Required data not found in the Setup.iss file.

• –4 — Not enough memory available.

• –5 — File does not exist.

• –6 — Cannot write to the response file.

• –7 — Unable to write to the log file.

• –8 — Invalid path to the InstallShield Silent response (.iss) file.

• –9 — Not a valid list type (string or number).

• –10 — Data type is invalid.

• –11 — Unknown error during setup.

• –12 — Dialog boxes are out of order.

• –51 — Cannot create the specified folder.

• –52 — Cannot access the specified file or folder.

• –53 — Invalid option selected.

Creating the xDesign Silent Installer Response File

By default, the Silent Mode installer response file is named setup.iss and stored in your Windows orWINNT directory, but you can change the name and location of this file. Use the following switcheswhen creating the response file:• /r — Creates a response file to capture all of your installation selections. Use the following syntax:

132

Page 133: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

setup.exe /r

• /f1 — Enables you to change the location and name of the response file. By default the responsefile is named setup.iss and stored in the Windows or WINNT directory. To change the nameand/or location, use the following syntax:setup.exe /r /f1"C:\responsefile.iss"

The switch uses the number "one”, do not confuse it with a lowercase "L” or a capital "I”. Ensureyou place the path and file name in quotes. Do not place a space between the switch and the path.

To create the Silent Mode installer response file complete the following steps:

1. Open a command window.

2. Navigate to the directory that contains the xDesign installer (setup.exe).

3. Type the following command:setup.exe /r

Use the f1 switch if you want to change the name or location of the response file.

4. The installer will start, follow the wizard prompts to define all of your installation settings.When the installer finishes, restart the computer.

5. Unless you changed the name and location, the setup.iss response file now resides in yourWindows or WINNT folder.

Running the xDesign Silent Installation

To run the Silent Mode installer, you must provide the installer with the location of your response file.You can either copy the response file to the directory that contains the xDesign installer (setup.exe),or use a switch to specify different location and/or filename. By default, the installer will create aSilent Mode log file named setup.log in the same directory as the xDesign installer (setup.exe). Tochange the location and/or name of the log file, use the f2 switch. For more information, see ChangingLog Location for Silent Mode Installer, page 132. Use the following switches when running theSilent Mode installer:• /s — Activates Silent Mode. The installer will look for the setup.iss response file in the samedirectory unless you specify a different filename or location with the f1 switch.

• /f1 — Enables you to specify a different location and/or filename for the response file. Use thefollowing syntax:setup.exe /s /f1"C:\responsefile.iss"

The switch uses the number "one”, do not confuse it with a lowercase "L” or a capital "I”. Ensureyou place the path and file name in quotes. Do not place a space between the switch and the path.

To Run the Silent Mode Installer1. Open a command window.

2. Navigate to the directory that contains the xDesign installer (setup.exe).

3. Type the following command:setup.exe /s

133

Page 134: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

This command expects the setup.iss file to reside in the same directory as setup.exe. To changethe location and/or filename, use the f1 switch.

4. The installer will install xDesign in the background. Restart the computer after the installationcompletes.

Updating LAN Settings

Verify the LAN settings on each computer that will serve as an xPression client.

1. From your Internet Explorer, select Tools > Internet Options.

2. Click the Connections tab.

3. Click LAN Settings, and ensure that the Automatically detect settings box is cleared. If this boxis checked, xPression applications that access the xPression database through servlet mode mayexperience a 60-second delay when exiting.

Configuring xDesign Timeout

You can specify the time in seconds that determines the time before which an xPression Designsession will expire using the com2ejbbridge.properties in xPressionHome. To do so:

1. Navigate to the xPressionHome directory.

2. Locate the following string:# session time out in secondsSessionTimeout=1800

3. Set any integer ranging from 1 to 2147483647 in seconds as a timeout value so that xDesignsession does not expire.

Note: Please note that if you edit a text piece in Microsoft Word and xDesign is not running, xDesignsession nevertheless expires after a timeout occurs.

xPresso for WordxPresso for Word has specific requirements for operation. For a list of hardware and softwarerequirements, see the System Requirements chapter of the xPression Release Notes.

Note: If you have xPresso clients deployed on the same Windows workstation and you want touninstall the plug-ins for one of the xPresso clients, do not select the remove all common files optionduring the uninstallation; otherwise, the other xPresso clients might encounter error.

134

Page 135: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

See the following topics:• Before You Install, page 135

• Installing xPresso for Word, page 136

• Registering Your Software, page 137

If your xPression server is using the HTTPS protocol, the certificates of used HTTPS servers must beimported. See Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148 for detailed steps.

Before You Install

Before you install xPresso for Word, ensure that you have obtained the following information:• Serial Number—The serial number is specific to your company and the xPresso client applicationspurchased, specifying a certain number of licenses for each application. EMC provides the serialnumber to your company or administrator along with the installation files.

• Request Code—The request code is specific to the machine upon which you run the xPressoclient. This request code secures the software from being copied to other machines.

• License Key—The license key is granted to you from the EMC Document Sciences self-serviceactivation application or manually from EMC Licensing ([email protected]). The license key’sterm of validity is set by the serial number and the master agreement with your company.

Note: Ensure that you have administrative privileges to install xPresso client applications.

If you are installing xPresso for Word for the first time on a computer, ensure that the followingcomponents are installed:• Microsoft Office

• Microsoft .NET Framework

• Visual Studio Tools

• Microsoft Office Primary interop Assemblies (PIA)

See the xPression Release Notes for the supported versions of the software. You can go to theMicrosoft Website to obtain the installation programs and install the components as instructedin the installation wizards.

If you have installed xPresso for Word 4.2, and want to work with both 4.2 and 4.6SP1 on yourcomputer, you do not need to uninstall xPresso for Word 4.2. For any other versions, you mustuninstall xPresso for Word before installing the latest version. See Uninstalling xPresso ClientApplications, page 191 for how to remove xPresso.

Ensure that all Microsoft Word and Outlook applications are closed before the installation.

Directory for Temporary Files

During the installation process, the installer uses the system default temporary directory(%TMP%($TMP)) to store temporary files. The installer doesn’t support non-English characters inthis path. If your default temp directory contains unsupported characters, you must change the

135

Page 136: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

path to one that contains only English characters before installation. You can reset the path afterthe installation completes.

The directory that the software is installed to must consist of standard English letters (A-Z, upperor lower case), digits (0–9), the underscore, hyphen, or parentheses characters. Internationalizationcharacters are not supported.

Supported Data Types

xPresso for Word and the xPression Server support industry standard XML data sources and dataschema files for your variable data input. Your variable records can all be contained in a single XMLfile or broken out into separate XML files. If you have multiple XML files, store them all in the samedirectory, and in a location that xPresso for Word can access. Each of your XML files for a particulardocument must be compatible with the schema used to create the document.

xPresso for Word supports the following data types: String, Boolean (true/false), DateTime, Date(format: YYYY-MM-DD), Time, Integer, Double, and Float.

Installing xPresso for Word

Installing xPresso for Word is guided by a step-by-step installation wizard. If you are installing anon-English version of xPresso for Word, use the steps in this section to install the English version,and then follow the steps in to install the correct language pack.

Note: If you are installing on a system using Chinese language settings, you may see a question mark(?) within the Chinese text. This is an issue with the InstallAnywhere software that is used to createthe installation program, and not an issue with the installation program itself.

Run the xPresso_for_Word_Install_Windows.exe file from your installation package, andfollow the instructions in the step-by-step wizard.

Note the following issues:• On the xPresso for Word Installation Folder page, the directory path must consist of standardEnglish letters (A-Z, upper or lower case), digits (0–9), the underscore, hyphen, or parenthesescharacters. Internationalization characters are not supported.

In the Installation Types section, select the user to use xPresso for Word.— Current User—Enables only the current user logged on to this machine during installation touse the software. If any other users require the use of the software on this machine, xPresso forWord must be installed again for those users.

Be aware that if you select Current User, any user logged in as a different user will not be ableto use this installation of xPresso for Word. Also, if a different user has already installedxPresso for Word on this machine, and you select the same installation directory, you willbe prompted with a message that xPresso is already installed. If you choose to overwritethe other installation, the other user will no longer be able to use xPresso for Word on this

136

Page 137: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

machine. If you choose a different directory, both users will be able to use their installationof xPresso for Word.

— All Users—Enables any user logged in to this machine to use the software, without installingxPresso for Word again.

• If you select to install the Corda Builder, ensure that the installation path for the xPresso Chartsapplication does not have spaces in it.

Registering Your Software

Before the xPresso for Word software can be used, it needs to be registered. Registration can be donewhile running the installer, or after the installation process is complete. If you completed registrationwhile running the installer, you can skip this section.

The registration process requires that you launch xPresso for Word, obtain the request code, submitthe request code, receive your license key, and then apply your license key. Obtaining your licensekey is done through an easy-to-use Web interface.

To register your software:1. Launch xPresso for Word.

2. Click the xPresso tab on the Word backstage and then click Set License Key.If you do not see the xPresso tab, you may need to enable the xPresso COM add-in. For moreinformation, see Enabling the xPresso COM Add-in, page 202.

3. In the License Information dialog box, select and copy the entire contents of the Request Codefield. The Request Code is unique to the machine the software is running on.

4. Open a Web browser and navigate to http://www.docscience.com/xpressoregister3. The EMCDocument Sciences xPresso Product Activation page appears. The xPresso Product Activationpage enables you to submit your request code and receive your license key in an e-mail response.

5. Paste the entire Request Code into the Request Code field on the web page.

6. Type your first and last name, telephone number and e-mail address. Your e-mail addressmust match the domain addresses registered for your company. For example, a license key forDocument Sciences Corporation may be sent to [email protected] but not [email protected].

7. Click Get License. Your license key will be sent from [email protected] to the e-mail addressspecified - if you use spam filtering, add this to your e-mail address book to ensure promptdelivery. If your request was processed successfully, you will see a confirmation message.

8. Copy the license key from the e-mail into the License Information dialog box License Key fieldwithin xPresso for Word. Ensure that you copy the entire license key.

9. Click OK. The License Information dialog box closes and your xPresso for Word softwareis now ready for use.

Now that you have installed and registered xPresso for Word, you should perform an end-to-endverification test to ensure that your installation is configured and working correctly.

137

Page 138: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

xPresso for Adobe InDesignxPresso for Adobe InDesign has specific requirements for each supported platform. For a list ofhardware and software requirements, see the xPression Release Notes.

Note: If you have xPresso clients deployed on the same Windows workstation and you want touninstall the plug-ins for one of the xPresso clients, do not select the remove all common files optionduring the uninstallation; otherwise, the other xPresso clients might encounter error.

See the following topics:• Before You Install, page 138

• Installing the xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager, page 139

• Installing on Windows, page 140

• Installing on Macintosh, page 140

• Registering Your Software, page 142

If your xPression server is using the HTTPS protocol, the certificates of used HTTPS servers must beimported. See Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148 for detailed steps.

Before You Install

Before you install xPresso for Adobe InDesign, ensure that you have done the following things:• Obtained the following information for xPresso for Adobe InDesign:— Serial Number—The serial number is specific to your company and the xPresso clientapplications purchased, specifying a certain number of licenses for each application. EMCprovides the serial number to your company or administrator along with the installation files.

— Request Code—The request code is specific to the machine upon which you run the xPressoclient. This request code secures the software from being copied to other machines.

— License Key—The license key is granted to you from the EMC Document Sciences self-serviceactivation application or manually from EMC Licensing ([email protected]). The licensekey’s term of validity is set by the serial number and the master agreement with your company.

• Uninstalled any existing version of xPresso. See Uninstalling xPresso Client Applications, page191 for how to remove xPresso.

• Installed Adobe InDesign on your computer.

Note: Ensure that you have administrative privileges to install xPresso client applications.

Requirements for Windows Users

Before you attempt to install the software, ensure that the installing user account is configuredto notify you when software attempts to make changes to your computer. To verify this setting,complete the following steps:

138

Page 139: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

1. Open the Control Panel and click the User Accounts link.

2. Click Change User Account Control Settings.

3. Ensure that this setting is not set to “Never notify”. The setting must be set to allow notification.Choose Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer(do not dim my desktop), Default — Notify me only when programs try tomake changes to my computer, or Always notify me.

4. Click OK when finished.

About InDesign Versions

Refer to xPression Release Notes for the supported Adobe InDesign versions. Installing xPresso formultiple versions of InDesign on the same computer is not supported.

Directory for Temporary Files

During the installation process, the installer uses the system default temporary directory(%TMP%($TMP)) to store temporary files. The installer does not support non-English characters inthis path. If your default temp directory contains unsupported characters, you must change the pathto contain only English characters before installation. You can reset the path after the installationcompletes.

Installing the xPresso Plug-ins into the ExtensionManager

You can install the xPresso plug-ins into the Extension Manager so that you can disable the plug-insin InDesign when necessary. For example, you may want to disable the plug-in to create files that canbe shared with non-xPresso installations of InDesign.

If you did not install the xPresso plug-ins into the Extension Manager, there is no easy way to disablethe xPresso for Adobe InDesign plug-ins. However, many organizations do not need to disable theplug-ins. Check with your organization to see if it is necessary to disable the plug-ins. If you are notgoing to disable the plug-ins, select No on the xPresso Plugin page during installation. See detailedinstallation steps in Installing on Windows, page 140 and Installing on Macintosh, page 140.

Installing the xPresso plug-ins into the Adobe Extension Manager (selecting Yes on the xPressoPlugin page) will take some time to complete. The installation process may seem hung or stalled,however, it is still processing. The Installation Complete page appears after the process is finished.

If you selected Yes on the xPresso Plugin page in a previous installation of xPresso for AdobeInDesign, and you want to select No in a subsequent installation, complete the following steps toensure the availability of xPresso in InDesign:

1. Uninstall xPresso for Adobe InDesign manually. See for detailed instructions.

139

Page 140: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

2. Locate the PlugInConfig.txt file in either of the following directories:• On Windows: Your_drive:Users\Username\AppData\Roaming\Adobe\InDesign

\Version #\Locale

• On Macintosh: User_home_directory/Library/Preferences/AdobeInDesign/Version #/Locale

where Locale is a locale-specific directory. For example, en_US is for English.

3. Remove the lines of xPresso plug-ins in PlugInConfig.txt.

4. Reinstall xPresso for Adobe InDesign.If you do not want to install xPresso plug-ins into the Extension Manager during the installationprocess, but want the ability to disable the plug-ins, you can use a manual process to install theplug-in components at a later time. Refer to the Adobe Online Help to install plug-ins manually.

Installing on Windows

Ensure that you have read the information in Before You Install, page 138.

The xPresso for Adobe InDesign installation uses a step-by-step wizard. If you are installing anon-English version of xPresso for Adobe InDesign, use these steps to install the English version,and then follow the steps in to install the correct language pack.

Note: If you are installing over a previous xPresso for Adobe InDesign installation, make sure thatInDesign is closed before starting the installation process.

To Install xPresso for Adobe InDesign on Windows1. Navigate to the \Client\Windows directory in the xPression installation package. Double-click

xPresso_for_InDesign_Install_Windows.exe to start the installation wizard.

2. Follow the installation wizard and provide necessary information.When the xPresso Plugin page appears, note the following things:

Note:• Refer to Installing the xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager, page 139 for informationon deciding whether to install the xPresso plug-ins into the Adobe Extension Manager.

• If you selected Yes in a previous installation of xPresso for Adobe InDesign, and you want toselect No this time, you must uninstall xPresso first and follow the instructions inInstallingthe xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager, page 139.

3. When you complete the installation, decide whether to install a language pack for a non-Englishversion. If yes, follow the steps in . If not, move on to Registering Your Software, page 142.

Installing on Macintosh

This section includes the detailed steps to install xPresso for Adobe InDesign on a Macintoshplatform. Ensure that you have read the information in Before You Install, page 138.

140

Page 141: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

About the Java Environment

xPresso for Adobe InDesign requires Sun Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE) version 64–bitversion 1.8 or higher version installed on the machine before you run the xPresso for Adobe InDesigninstallation program.

You can check which version of JDK is installed on your machine by following these steps:

1. Navigate to the Applications/Utilities folder and open Terminal.

2. From the File menu, select New Shell.

3. Run the following commands:java -version

/usr/libexec/java_home

You should see something similar to the following image, which shows an example of theterminal display after entering the Java version command.

If your Macintosh machine has multiple version of JDK installed, you can run the installer throughthe command line to specify which version you want the software installed with, for example:xPresso Install.app/Contents/MacOS$ ./xPresso\ Install LAX_VM /user/bin/java

where /usr/bin/java is the location of your JDK.

Performing a Macintosh Installation

The xPresso for Adobe InDesign installation uses a step-by-step wizard. If you are installing anon-English version of xPresso for Adobe InDesign, use these steps to install the English version,and then follow the steps in to install the correct language pack.

Note:• Before installing, ensure that the account you are logged in with has write permission to thesefolders: /Library and /Library/Frameworks. If not, you will see a message on the finalinstaller page that the installation completed with errors, and xPresso for Adobe InDesign willnot be completely installed.

• If you encounter the “.app is damaged and can’t be opened” error, go to System Preferences >Security & Privacy > Allow apps downloaded from: and select Anywhere.

To Install xPresso for Adobe InDesign on Macintosh1. Navigate to the /Client/Macintosh directory in the xPression installation package.

Double-click xPresso_for_InDesign_Install_Mac to start the installation wizard.

2. Follow the installation wizard and provide necessary information.When the xPresso Plugin page appears, note the following things:

141

Page 142: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Note:• Refer to Installing the xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager, page 139 for informationon deciding whether to install the xPresso plug-ins into the Adobe Extension Manager.

• If you selected Yes in a previous installation of xPresso for Adobe InDesign, and you want toselect No this time, you must uninstall xPresso first and follow the instructions inInstallingthe xPresso Plug-ins into the Extension Manager, page 139.

3. When you complete the installation, decide whether to install a language pack for a non-Englishversion. If yes, follow the steps in . If not, move on to Registering Your Software, page 142.

Multiple User Access to InDesign on Macintosh

On Macintosh systems where multiple users with individual logins require access to xPressofor Adobe InDesign, it is highly recommended that the system administrator manually changepermission of the ’Indesign.app’ to allow some level of access to all users who may require access toxPresso for Adobe InDesign. If permission is not provided, access to packages will be restricted.

This procedure is normally performed one time, during installation, by the installation engineer.Once performed on a given system it need not be repeated. It should only be attempted by properlyqualified individuals.

To Provide Permission to the InDesign Application1. Open the Terminal window and navigate to the location of the Adobe InDesign

InDesign_version.app file.

2. Run the following commands:chmod 777 "Adobe InDesign InDesign_version.app"chmod 2777 "Adobe InDesign InDesign_version.app"chmod 4777 "Adobe InDesign InDesign_version.app"

The commands have the following effects:• 777 allows any user(s) or Group(s) login to the system to launch Adobe InDesign [#].

• 2777 grants the process the same authority as the group of “Adobe InDesign [#].app” to readand write from or to another file or folder, such as the ‘temp’ folder.

• 4777 grants the process the same authority as the owner of “Adobe InDesign [#].app” to readand write from or to another file or folder, such as the ‘temp’ folder.

Note: The commands are case-sensitive and must be entered exactly as shown.

Registering Your Software

Before the xPresso for Adobe InDesign software can be used, it needs to be registered. Registrationon a Windows platform can be done while running the installer, or after the installation process iscomplete. Registration on a Macintosh must be done after the installation process is complete. If youcompleted registration while running the installer, you can skip this section.

142

Page 143: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

The registration process requires that you launch xPresso for Adobe InDesign, obtain the requestcode, submit the request code, receive your license key, and then apply your license key. Obtainingyour license key is done through an easy-to-use Web interface.

Note: EMC Document Sciences recommends that the user logged on at the time of registrationbe a member of the Administrator group. Otherwise, the user may need to enter the license keyupon each logon. To avoid this inconvenience, the current user should have write permission to theutil.bin file.

To Register Your Software1. Launch xPresso for Adobe InDesign, and on the xPressomenu, click Register.

2. In the Register dialog box, select and copy the entire contents of the Request Code field. TheRequest Code is unique to the machine the software is running on.

3. Open a Web browser and navigate to http://www.docscience.com/xpressoregister3. The EMCDocument Sciences License generator page appears. The xPresso Product Activation page enablesyou to submit your request code and receive your license key in an e-mail response.

4. Paste the entire Request Code into the Request Code field on the web page.

5. Type your first and last name, telephone number and e-mail address. Your e-mail address mustmatch the domain addresses registered for your company. For example, a license key for EMCDocument Sciences may be sent to [email protected] but not [email protected].

6. Click Get License. Your license key will be sent from [email protected] to the e-mail addressspecified - if you use spam filtering, add this to your e-mail address book to ensure promptdelivery. If your request was successfully sent, you’ll see a confirmation message.

7. Copy the license key from the e-mail into the Register dialog box License Key field within thexPresso for Adobe InDesign. Ensure that you copy the entire license key.

8. Click OK. You will see a confirmation message that the license has been accepted.

9. Click OK. The Register dialog box closes and your xPresso for Adobe InDesign software isnow ready for use.

Note: Ensure that the values in the User Name and Company fields in the Register dialog box usecharacters from a single language. If either of the fields contains characters from more than onelanguage, the registration will fail and generate an error.

xPresso for DreamweaverxPresso for Dreamweaver has a number of requirements for its operation. For a complete list ofhardware and software requirements, refer to the System Requirements chapter of the xPressionRelease Notes.

Note: If you have xPresso clients deployed on the same Windows workstation and you want touninstall the plug-ins for one of the xPresso clients, do not select the remove all common files optionduring the uninstallation. Otherwise, other xPresso clients might encounter error.

143

Page 144: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

This section contains the following topics:• Before You Install, page 144

• Installing on Windows, page 145

• Installing on Macintosh, page 146

• Registering Your Software, page 147

If your xPression server uses HTTPS protocol, you must import the certificates of used HTTPSservers. See Managing Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148 for detailed steps.

Before You Install

Before you install xPresso for Dreamweaver, make sure that you have completed the following steps:• Installed Adobe Dreamweaver and Adobe Extension Manager command-line tool on thecomputer. For details, refer to xPression Release Notes.

• Uninstalled any previous versions of xPresso for Dreamweaver. See for removing xPresso forDreamweaver from your computer for details.

• Verified if you have administrative privileges to install xPresso client applications.

You also need to have the following information:• Serial Number specific to your company and the xPresso client applications purchased. EMCprovides the serial number to your company or administrator along with the installation files.

• Request Code specific to the machine upon which you run the xPresso client. Therequest codesecures the software from copying to other machines.

• License Key granted to you from the EMC Document Sciences self-service activation applicationor obtained manually from EMC Licensing ([email protected]). The license key’s term of validityis set by the serial number and the master agreement with your company.

Requirement for Windows Users

Before you attempt to install the software, ensure that the installing user account is configured tonotify you when software attempts to make changes to your computer. To check this setting:

1. Open the Control Panel and click the User Accounts link.

2. Click the Change User Account Control Settings and check if the Never notify setting is notenabled.

3. Choose Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer (do not dim mydesktop), Default — Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computeror Always notify me and click OK.

144

Page 145: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

About Dreamweaver Versions

Refer to xPression Release Notes for the list of supported Adobe Dreamweaver versions for details.

Note: Installing xPresso for multiple versions of Adobe Dreamweaver on the same computer isnot supported.

To install Adobe Dreamweaver CC 2015 on Macintosh, we recommend you to download the installerfrom Adobe website manually.

Supported Data Types

xPresso for Dreamweaver and the xPression Server support industry standard XML data sourcesand data schema files for your variable data input. Your variable records can all be in a single XMLfile or in separate XML files. If you have multiple XML files, store them all in the same directoryand location which xPresso for Dreamweaver can access. Each of your XML files for a particulardocument must be compatible with the schema used to create the document.

xPresso for Dreamweaver supports the following data types:

• String,

• Boolean (true/false),

• DateTime,

• Date (format: YYYY-MM-DD),

• Time,

• Integer,

• Double,

• Float.

Directory for Temporary Files

During the installation process, the installer uses the system default temporary directory(%TMP%($TMP)) to store temporary files. The installer does not support non-English characters inthis path. If your default temp directory contains unsupported characters, you must change thepath to one that contains only English characters before installation. You can reset the path afterthe installation completes.

Installing on Windows

Ensure that you have read the information in Before You Install, page 144.

145

Page 146: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Installing xPresso for Dreamweaver is guided by a step-by-step wizard. If you are installing anon-English version of xPresso for Dreamweaver, use the steps in this section to install the Englishversion, and then follow the steps in to install the correct language pack.

Note:• When installing xPresso for Dreamweaver on a system using Chinese language settings, youmay see a question mark (?) within the Chinese text. This is an issue with the InstallAnywheresoftware that is used to create the installation program, and not an issue with the xPresso forDreamweaver installation program itself.

• When you install xPresso for Dreamweaver on a computer that has an existing version, removethe following folder before the installation:Your_drive:\Users\Username\AppData\Roaming\Adobe\Dreamweaver_version\LanguageID\Configuration

Otherwise, Dreamweaver menu items may be displayed incorrectly.

To Install xPresso for Dreamweaver on Windows1. Navigate to the \Client\Windows directory in your installation package, and double-click

xPresso_for_Dreamweaver_Install_Windows.exe to start the installation wizard.

2. Follow the installation wizard and provide necessary information.

Note: On the User Information page, make that both entries contain characters from a singlelanguage; entries that use characters from more than one language will cause an error whenregistering. The square brace characters ([]) and the equal sign (=) are not supported in theCompany Name and User Name fields.

3. When you complete the installation, decide whether to install a language pack for a non-Englishversion. If you select yes, follow the steps in . Otherwise, move on to Registering Your Software,page 147 step.

Installing on Macintosh

This section provides details on installing xPresso for Dreamweaver on Macintosh platform. Ensurethat you have read the information in Before You Install, page 144.

Installing xPresso for Dreamweaver is guided by a step-by-step wizard. If you are installing anon-English version of xPresso for Dreamweaver, use the steps in this section to install the Englishversion, and then follow the steps in to install the correct language pack.

Note:• Before installing, ensure that the account you are logged in with has write permission to the

/Library and /Library/Frameworks folders. If not, you will see a message on the finalinstallation page that the installation completed with errors, and xPresso for Dreamweaver willnot be completely installed.

• When you install xPresso for Dreamweaver on a computer that has an existing version, removethe following folder before the installation. Otherwise, the Dreamweaver menu items may bedisplayed incorrectly.Users/Username/Library/Application Support/Adobe/Dreamweaver_version/LanguageID/Configuration

146

Page 147: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

If the Users/Username/Library directory is invisible, click Go > Go to Folder via MacintoshFinder, and type ~/Library to open the directory.

• If you encounter the “.app is damaged and can’t be opened” error, go to System Preferences >Security & Privacy > Allow apps downloaded from: and select Anywhere.

To Install xPresso for Dreamweaver on Macintosh1. Navigate to the /Client/Macintosh directory in your installation package, and double-click

xPresso_for_Dreamweaver_Install_MacOSX.zip. Double-click xPresso_Install tostart the installation wizard.

2. Follow the wizard and provide necessary information.

Note: On the User Information page, ensure that both entries contain characters from a singlelanguage; entries that use characters from more than one language will cause an error whenregistering. The square brace characters ([]) and the equal sign (=) are not supported in theCompany Name and User Name fields.

3. When you complete the installation, decide whether to install a language pack for a non-Englishversion. If yes, follow the steps in . Otherwise, move on to Registering Your Software, page 147.

Registering Your Software

You need to register xPresso for Dreamweaver before you start using it. Registration on Windowsplatform can be done while running the installer or after the installation process is complete.Registration on Macintosh must be done after the installation process is complete. If you completedregistration while running the installer, you can skip this section.

The registration process requires launching xPresso for Dreamweaver, obtaining the request code,submitting the request code, receiving your license key, and applying it. Obtaining your licensekey is done through a web interface.

Note: EMC Document Sciences recommends that the user logged on at the time of registration be amember of the Administrator group.

To Register Your Software1. Launch xPresso for Dreamweaver. On the xPressomenu, click Register.

2. In the Register dialog box, select and copy the entire contents of the Request Code field. TheRequest Code is unique to the machine the software is running on.

3. Open a Web browser and navigate to http://www.docscience.com/xpressoregister3. The EMCDocument Sciences License generator page appears. The xPresso Product Activation page enablesyou to submit your request code and receive your license key in an e-mail response.

4. Paste the entire Request Code into the Request Code field on the web page.

5. Type your first and last name, telephone number and e-mail address. Your e-mail address mustmatch the domain addresses registered for your company. For example, a license key for EMCDocument Sciences may be sent to [email protected] but not [email protected].

147

Page 148: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

6. Click Get License. Your license key will be sent from [email protected] to the e-mail addressspecified - if you use spam filtering, add this to your e-mail address book to ensure promptdelivery. If your request was successfully processed, a confirmation message appears.

7. Copy the license key from the e-mail into the Register dialog box License Key field within thexPresso for Dreamweaver. Ensure that you copy the entire license key.

8. Click OK. You will see a confirmation message that the license has been accepted.

9. Click OK. The Register dialog box closes and your xPresso for Dreamweaver software is nowready for use.

Note: Ensure that the values in the User Name and Company fields in the Register dialog box usecharacters from a single language. If either of the fields contains characters from more than onelanguage, the registration will fail and generate an error.

Managing Certificates of HTTPS ServersIf your xPression server is using the HTTPS protocol, the certificates of used HTTPS servers must beimported. Manage the certificates from the command line using xCertMgr.bat or xCertMgr.shin the following locations:• xDesign: xDesign_Installation_Directory\bin

• xPresso for Word: xPresso_for_Word_Installation_Directory/Properties

• xPresso for Adobe InDesign: Adobe_InDesign_Installation_Directory on Windows orAdobe_InDesign_Installation_Directory/xPresso on Macintosh

• xPresso for Dreamweaver: Adobe_Dreamweaver_Installation_Directory on Windows orAdobe_Dreamweaver_Installation_Directory/xPresso on Macintosh

You can import a new certificate, delete an existing certificate, and list all the imported certificates.The certificates that you want to import must meet the following requirements:• The certificates to import must be X.509 certificates.

• The whole certificate chain (from the root certificate to the certificate of the server) must beimported

• Certificates for different servers must be of different names. The certificate file name (withextension) prefixed with “xdesign_” will be used as the alias for the certificate.

• The file name of a certificate must consist of standard English letters (A-Z, upper or lower case),digits (0–9), or underscores.

Note: Writing permission to file $(/usr/libexec/java_home)/jre/lib/security/cacertsis required when using xCertMgr.sh on Mac OS X.

You must have Administrator privileges to run the following commands from the command line:• To import a certificate, use one of the following commands according to your system:

XCERTMGR.BAT -import certificate_file_path

XCERTMGR.sh -import certificate_file_path

where certificate_file_path is the full file path of your certificate.

148

Page 149: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Note: If a security warning appears asking whether you want to install the certificate, click Yes tocontinue.

• To delete a certificate, use one of the following commands according to your system:XCERTMGR.BAT -delete certificate_alias

XCERTMGR.sh -delete certificate_alias

• To list imported certificates, use one of the following commands according to your system:XCERTMGR.BAT -list

XCERTMGR.sh -list

Note: If you install xPresso for Adobe InDesign and xPresso for Dreamweaver on the same Macintoshworkstation, specify different file names for a certificate when importing it for xPresso for AdobeInDesign and for xPresso for Dreamweaver.

When managing certificates on Macintosh using xCertMgr.sh, make sure current user has the writepermission to the file $(/usr/libexec/java_home)/jre/lib/security/cacerts

Configuring xResponseSee the xPression Release Notes for complete information about the supported and requiredcomponents to run xResponse, and then complete the following additional configurations:• Install .NET 4.5 for Microsoft Word. The application provides a link to the download for thiscomponent. When you install .NET, ensure that you restart Internet Explorer

• Configure Internet Explorer settings

• Configure HTTPS server certificates. Contact your system administrator who installs xDesignto get the xCertMgr.bat and CertManager.exe files, and then following the instructions inManaging Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148.

• Configure xResponse user access

• Set Microsoft Word macro security no higher than ’High’

• Install VBA

• Configure eCor.properties

Internet Explorer Settings

Automatically detect settings in Microsoft Internet Explorer’s Local Area Network (LAN) Settingsshould NOT be selected. Significant performance degradation for xEditor has been noted when thisoption is selected. It will be noted as a Warning in the xEditor log if selected.

When using Internet Explorer, you must add the xPression server to the Local intranet list if theserver is on the local intranet, or to Trusted sites list if the sever is not on the local intranet.

To add xPression server to the Local Intranet or Trusted Sites:1. In Internet Explorer, open the Tools menu and click Internet Options.

149

Page 150: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

2. On the Security tab, click Local intranet if the xPression server is on the local intranet, or Trustedsites if it is not.

3. Click Sites.

4. If you are adding the server to Local intranet, click Advanced.

5. Type the URL of the xPression server in Add this website to the zone. For example,http://127.0.0.1 or http://xpressionserver. Note that you can add an entry forboth IP address and server name format, and this provides some additional assurance that aconnection will be established.

6. Click Add. The xPression server is added to the list.

7. Click Close or OK at each dialog box, as appropriate, to close all open dialog boxes.

xResponse User Access

The user must have read, write, and create access to the EMC Document Sciences directory.xEditor needs to write log and other files to this location. You can find this folder inYour_drive:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\EMC Document Sciences

Installing VBA

This section applies to Microsoft Word users only. In some cases, Visual Basic for Applications (VBA)is not installed by default. xEditor requires VBA when using Microsoft Word. You must installVBA manually if it is not installed by default.

To Verify and Install VBA1. Open Add or Remove Programs from Microsoft Windows Control Panel. The UI varies

somewhat depending on the operating system version. Refer to the Microsoft Windowsdocumentation for information on using Control Panel and the Add or Remove Programs feature.

2. Locate and select the Microsoft Office entry and click Change. The installation wizard opens.

3. On the Change Your Installation step select Add or Remove Features and then click Continue.

4. Expand the Office Shared Features node.

5. Locate the Visual Basic for Applications node. If the node indicates that VBA is not installed, clickthe node and select Run from My Computer and then click Continue.

6. Click Close to close the installation wizard. Close Windows Control Panel.

eCor.properties Configuration

If you want to use xDesign Online Editor and port 80 for xResponse, locate the HtmlTempURIproperty in the eCor.properties file and remove the port part, “:80”, from the URL.

150

Page 151: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Configuring xReviseSee the xPression Release Notes for complete information about the supported and requiredcomponents needed to run xRevise, and then complete the following additional configurations:• Configure Internet Explorer settings. xRevise has the same requirements with xResponse. SeeInternet Explorer Settings, page 149 for detailed information.

• Configure HTTPS server certificates. Contact your system administrator who installs xDesignto get the xCertMgr.bat and CertManager.exe files, and then following the instructions inManaging Certificates of HTTPS Servers, page 148.

• Configure xRevise user access.

• Install VBA. See Installing VBA, page 150 for detailed information.

• Configure application startup order.

xRevise User Access

The user must have read, write, and create access to the EMC Document Sciences directory. xEditorneeds to write log and other files to this location. You do not need to enable cookies or Java to usexEditor. You can find this folder in Your_drive:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\EMCDocument Sciences.

Running xRevise on a non-xDesign Machine

If you intend to run xRevise on a machine that does not have xDesign installed on it, you mustcomplete the following steps after upgrading:• You must update your document versions for all xRevise documents

• Any xRevise work items created before the upgrade should be deleted and recreated

Configuring Application Startup Order

This step applies to only WebSphere environments. Set the xRevise application startup order to 2. Itmust start after the xPression application. Complete these steps:

1. Start the WebSphere administrative console.

2. Click Application Servers, then click the link for your server (server1 by default).

3. Click Installed Applications and then click xPressionRevise from the list.

4. Click Startup Behavior.

5. In the Startup Order list, change the value to 2 and click OK.

6. Save your changes to the Master configuration.

151

Page 152: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

xEditorxEditor must be installed on the client machine. Installation is automatic the first time xEditor iscalled. Installation is required once per machine only, even if multiple applications with differentxEditor configurations are used on the same machine. The correct configuration for the callingapplication will be used automatically.

See the following topics:• About Smart Client Installation, page 152

• Access Rights to Install xEditor, page 152

• Preparing Your Environment, page 153

• Installing xEditor, page 154

• Pushing the xEditor Installation From the Server, page 155

• Verifying the Installation, page 155

About Smart Client Installation

xResponse or xRevise uses a Smart Client to open xEditor when you select a work item from theworkspace. A “Smart Client” in an application environment that delivers an application over anHTTP connection. It provides automated installations and updates with minimal user interaction.Smart Client runs every time a document is opened for editing with xEditor. Smart Client is basedon Microsoft .NET technology. The Smart Client ensures that the appropriate version of xEditor isinstalled, ready to use, and presents the correct feature set.

Smart Client may determine that the xEditor versions on the client and server are not the same. If theclient version is newer, the option to downgrade to the server version is offered; if the client version isolder, the option to upgrade is offered. xEditor will offer to upgrade or downgrade the client versionso that it matches the xEditor version used on the server. When upgrading or downgrading, theSmart Client only updates the relevant components and does not perform a full installation.

To avoid potential compatibility issues, the xEditor version on the client must match the xEditorversion on the server. If you choose not to upgrade or downgrade, xEditor will not launch.

Access Rights to Install xEditor

If you are a system administrator, be aware that the user who installs xEditor on a client computermust have Administrative rights. If you are pushing an xEditor installation from the server, ensurethat you also push the uninstallation of the previous version. Normally, the startup applicationdetects if there is an existing version of xEditor on the system. When pushing the installation from theserver, you are bypassing this startup application.

If you are an xEditor user from a client computer, xPression runs the automatic installer for xEditorwhen you try to open xEditor for the first time. The xEditor installation is drawn from the xPressionServer. In some environments, you may not have the permissions to conduct the installation. In thiscase, xEditor can be pushed to the client computer by your administrator or any qualified person with

152

Page 153: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

appropriate access. The xEditor installer is stored in the server-deployed xPression_Revise.warand xPression_Response.war files. The method for installing depends on your networkenvironment.

Note: If the installation, upgrade, or startup of xEditor fails, uninstall and reinstall xEditor manually.

Preparing Your Environment

To ensure your environment is ready for xEditor, review the following topics:• Java Runtime Environment, page 153

• Microsoft .NET Framework, page 153

• Install VBA, page 153

• Internet Explorer Settings, page 154

• Adobe PDFMaker, page 154

Java Runtime Environment

In some cases, you may need to install the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) on your client machines.If you have problems displaying the Microsoft Word editing window, download JRE from the SunMicrosystems website and install it on your client machine. See the xPression Release Notes for thesupported JDK version for xResponse and xRevise.

Microsoft .NET Framework

In many cases, Microsoft .NET Framework has already been installed. If .NET is not present,xResponse or xRevise will display a message with a link to a download site where you can obtainthe installation package for .NET Framework. If you receive this message, download the .NETFramework package and follow the installation instructions provided by Microsoft.

After installing .NET Framework successfully, ensure that you log off xResponse or xRevise, restartInternet Explorer, and log on to xResponse or xRevise again to open the work items.

Note: If the installation of xEditor fails and you get an error about VSTO (Microsoft Visual StudioTools for Office Runtime), use .NET Framework 4.0-Features for Microsoft Word 2013, uninstallVSTO, and then install xEditor again.

Install VBA

xEditor requires VBA when using Microsoft Office Word. In installations where a version ofMicrosoft Office does not install VBA by default, you must install VBA manually. If VBA is notinstalled, an error will occur when attempting to use xEditor with Microsoft Word. See InstallingVBA, page 150 for detailed steps.

153

Page 154: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Internet Explorer Settings

Automatically detect settings in Microsoft Internet Explorer’s Local Area Network (LAN) Settingsshould NOT be selected. Significant performance degradation for xEditor has been noted when thisoption is selected. It will be noted as a Warning in the xEditor log if selected.

You do not need to enable cookies or Java to use xEditor.

Enable Run .NET Framework-reliant components not signed with Authenticode in the CertificateManager. xEditor is a signed .NET application but cannot run successfully when this setting is false(disabled). In some organizations security policy does not allow this setting to be enabled. In thesecases it is necessary to manually apply the EMC digital certificate to the trusted area. When the EMCdigital certificate is applied xEditor is trusted and can run successfully.

To Apply the Digital Certificate1. Obtain the certificate file.

2. Open Windows Explorer and locate the certificate file. The file has a .p7b extension.

3. Right-click the file and select Install Certificate to open the Certificate Import Wizard and thenclick Next.

4. Input the password for the certificate and then click Next.

5. Select Place all certificates in the following store and then click Browse to open the SelectCertificate Store dialog box.

6. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities from the tree view and then click OK.

7. Reopen the Select Certificate Store dialog box as in Step 5 and select Trusted Publisher from thetree view and then click OK.

8. On the Certificate Import Wizard, Certificate Store step, click Next.

9. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the Certificate Import Wizard.

Adobe PDFMaker

xEditor cannot exist on a system in which Word has the Adobe Acrobat PDFMaker add-in for Acrobat9 enabled. This is an issue with the Adobe add-in, and not xEditor. The add-in must be disabledfor xEditor to function.

Installing xEditor

When the xPression Editor Startup message appears, click Install to start the installation. Dependingon your Microsoft Word macro security setting, you may receive a Security Warning thatxEditor.docm contains macros. xEditor uses macros to override some Word functions, so click EnableMacros if you receive this message. When the xEditor Setup Wizard appears, follow the steps in thewizard and provide necessary information to complete the installation.

154

Page 155: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

xEditor will appear in the Windows Add and Remove Programs list in Control Panel, where you canremove xEditor if necessary. If you open a document that needs xEditor after uninstalling the editor,Smart Client will initiate the installation process.

The initial installation adds a shortcut to ALL USERS\start menu\programs\startup. This queues apre-WIP version of xEditor when the machine starts up. This reduces the amount of time required forxEditor to open a work item. There will be an instance of WINWORD.EXE running, with all requiredsupporting software. This instance appears in Task Manager and can be shut down, but if it is shutdown, xEditor will take longer to open work items than would otherwise be the case.

The installation applies to both xRevise and xResponse, regardless of which one you were using whenyou started the installation.

Note: Whenever xEditor starts, it creates a temporary configuration file, ***_xEditorInit.xml,on the client. This file is deleted after use unless the installation runs in debug mode. It is strictly forinternal and session-specific usage, and should not be modified.

Pushing the xEditor Installation From the Server

The xEditor installation is drawn from the xPression server. In some environments, client machineslack the permissions to conduct the installation as described above. In this case, xEditor can be pushedto the client machine by the network administrator or any qualified person with appropriate access.

When an installation is pushed, it does not have the capability to detect a previous version. Therefore,if a previous version exists on the target machine, you must push the uninstallation of the previousversion, before pushing the new installation.

Verifying the Installation

To verify a client installation, complete the following steps:

1. Ensure that the .NET components are enabled.

2. In Internet Explorer, open the Tools menu, click Internet Options, point to Security, and thenclick Trusted Sites. Ensure that the xPression server is included.

3. Open Internet Explorer. On the Toolsmenu, click Internet Options. On the General tab, clickDelete to delete temporary files and cookies.

4. Open a work item in xEditor.

5. Use Internet Explorer to open xRevise, then change the URL to http://<[server]:[port]>/xRevise/services. Substitute your actual server name and port number in the indicated location. Ensurethat the available services are appropriate.

155

Page 156: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

About Deploying xPressFormsxPressForms is a Web-based administration interface used for the creation, management, andcomposition of forms. xPressForms supports pre-built forms from the most popular bureaus: NCCI,ISO, AAIS, and ACORD. It enables the authoring or customizing of forms of all types, using astandardized, flexible XML schema.

xPressForms can be easily integrated into a variety of Admin systems. Along with the xPressFormsinterface, you get a well-defined process for initial and maintenance deliveries, including bi-weeklydelivery of all new and updated forms.

The installation of xPression deploys the necessary files for xPressForms automatically. You can dothe following things after that:

• Validating Properties Files, page 156

• Deploying xPressForms Environment, page 156

Validating Properties Files

The xPressionHome\Log4j.isc.config.xml file contains properties for the following log files.You can modify the file paths as appropriate for your environment.• FILE_LOG — xPressForms.log

• FILE_LOG_CATALOG — xCatalog.log

• FILE_LOG_SMARTCLIENT — For SmartClient framework log.

Deploying xPressForms Environment

You must deploy the xPressForms environment before you can use xPressForms:

1. Start xPression.

2. Log on to xAdmin.

3. Import the following document PDPs from xPressionHome/Samples :• xPressForms_Forms_Setup_PDP.zip

• xPressForms_Masters_Setup_PDP.zip

• xPressForms_PreviewOutput_Setup_PDP.zip

4. Specify the read/write permissions for the xpression user on the xPressForms andxPressForms_Masters categories.

156

Page 157: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

About xPression AdapterThe xAdapter uses any combination of real-time integration, near-time integration, or batchintegration models to collect and merge XML files for later processing by the Batch capabilities ofxPression. Configuration steps for the xAdapter application are integrated into the configurationsteps for your application server.

EMC Document Sciences provides two versions of the xAdapter application: one with a JMS listenerand one without.

If you are using the xPression Adapter, see the following topics:• Configuring WebSphere MQ, page 157

• Configuring xPression Adapter for WebLogic, page 163

Configuring WebSphere MQ

If you plan to deploy the JMS-enabled xAdapter along with your xPression Server, you must firstconfigure WebSphere MQ.

Note: If using Websphere MQ as the JMS server for xAdapter, ensure that you install the "JavaMessaging" feature when you install Websphere MQ. This feature includes Java Messaging Supportand is needed for messaging using Java. Also, set the MQ_INSTALL_ROOT variable to the valueof the WebSphere MQ install path.

Add Queues to WebSphere MQ 7.5

To add queues to WebSphere MQ:1. Start WebSphere MQ Explorer.

2. In a tree pane, expand theWebSphere MQ item. Right-click the Queue Managers, select New,and click Queue Manager.

3. The Create Queue Manager wizard appears. Supply the values listed in table below.

Option Value

Queue Manager xPressionQueueManager

Make this the default queuemanager

Leave unselected

Def. Transmission Queue xPress_transmission_queue

Dead Letter Queue xPress_deadletter_queue

Max Handle Limit Leave as default

Trigger Interval Leave as default

Max Uncommitted Msgs Leave as default

Click Next.

157

Page 158: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

4. In Step 2 of the wizard, keep the defaults and click Next.

5. In Step 3 of the wizard, select Start Queue Manager and then click Next.

6. In Step 4 of the wizard, select the Create listener configured for TCP/IP check-box. In the Listenon port number box, type 1414 and click Finish.The new queue manager is created and the wizard closes.

7. In MQ Explorer, expand Queue Managers and expand the newly-createdxPressionQueueManager.Right-click Queues, select New, and click Local Queue.

8. The Create Local Queue dialog box appears. Supply the values listed in table below and clickOK.

Option Value

Queue Name InputQueue

Type Leave as default

Description Leave as default

Put Messages Leave as default

Get Messages Leave as default

Default Priority Leave as default

Default Persistence Select Persistent from the drop-down box. This is arecommended value. If necessary, you may use DefaultPersistence.

Scope Leave as default

Usage Leave as default

9. Create three more queues by repeating steps 7-8. Use the following names for the queues:• InputQueue1

• OutputQueue

• OutputQueue1

When complete the xPressionQueueManager will have four queues.

Configure the JMS Provider

For adapters that support JMS capabilities, configure the JMS Provider in the WebSphereadministrative console by performing the following steps:

1. In the let pane, expand Resources, expand JMS, and click JMS Providers.

2. The JMS providers page displays all existing JMS providers. ClickWebSphere MQ messagingprovider.

3. In the Additional Properties section, click Queue connection factories.

4. At the "WebSphere MQ messaging provider" page, click New.

158

Page 159: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

5. The Configuration wizard appears. Add the following values to “Step 1: Configure basicattributes”:

Field Value

Name AdapterQueueConFactory

JNDI Name jms/AdapterQueueConFactory

Description xAdapter factory

Category Leave as default

Click Next.

6. At the “Step 2: Select connection method” page, select Enter all the required information intothis wizard and click Next.

7. At the “Step 2.1: Supply queue connection details” page, type xPressionQueueManager andclick Next.

8. At the “Step 2.2: Enter connection details” page, supply the following values.

Field Value

Transport Select Client from the list.

Hostname Supply the hostname or IP address.

Port 1414

Server connection channel Type SYSTEM.DEF.SVRCONN.

Click Next.

9. Click Test Connection. The admin console should report a successful connection. Click Nextthen click Finish.

10. The WebSphere MQ messaging provider page appears and the AdapterQueueConFactory nowappears in the list.

11. Click Save.

12. In the left pane, click Queues.

13. On the Queues page, click New.

14. The Select JMS resource provider page appears. SelectWebSphere MQ messaging providerand click OK.

15. The Configuration page appears. Supply the values listed in table below.

Field Value

Name AdapterQueue

JNDI name jms/AdapterQueue

Queue name InputQueue

Queue manager or Queue sharinggroup name

xPressionQueueManager

Click OK.

159

Page 160: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

16. AdapterQueue now appears in the list. Click Save.

17. Click AdapterQueue from the list.

18. In the Additional Properties section, click Advanced Properties.

19. In the General Properties section, in the Persistence list, selectWebSphere MQ persistent.

20. Click OK, then click Save.

21. Click AdapterQueue from the list.

22. In the Additional Properties section, clickWebSphere MQ connection properties.

23. In the General Properties section, supply the following values.

Field Value

Queue manager host Supply the host name or IP address.

Queue manager port 1414

Click OK, then click Save.

24. Click New.

25. The Select JMS resource provider page appears. SelectWebSphere MQ messaging providerand click OK.

26. The Configuration page appears. Supply the following values.

Field Value

Name AdapterQueue1

JNDI name jms/AdapterQueue1

Queue name InputQueue1

Queue manager or Queue sharinggroup name

xPressionQueueManager

Click OK.

27. AdapterQueue1 now appears in the list. Click Save.

28. Click AdapterQueue1 from the list.

29. In the Additional Properties section, click Advanced Properties.

30. In the General Properties section, in the Persistence list, selectWebSphere MQ persistent.

31. Click OK, then click Save.

32. Click AdapterQueue1 from the list.

33. In the Additional Properties section, clickWebSphere MQ connection properties.

34. In the General Properties section, supply the following values.

Field Value

Queue manager host Supply the host name or IP address.

Queue manager port 1414

Click OK, then click Save.

160

Page 161: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

35. Click New.

36. The Select JMS resource provider page appears. SelectWebSphere MQ messaging provider andclick OK.

37. The Configuration page appears. Supply the following values.

Field Value

Name AdapterResponseQueue

JNDI name jms/AdapterResponseQueue

Queue name OutputQueue

Queue manager or Queue sharinggroup name

xPressionQueueManager

Click OK.

38. AdapterResponseQueue now appears in the list. Click Save.

39. Click AdapterResponseQueue from the list.

40. In the Additional Properties section, click Advanced Properties.

41. In the General Properties section, in the Persistence list, selectWebSphere MQ persistent.

42. Click OK, then click Save.

43. Click AdapterResponseQueue from the list.

44. In the Additional Properties section, clickWebSphere MQ connection properties.

45. In the General Properties section, supply the following values.

Field Value

Queue manager host Supply the host name or IP address.

Queue manager port 1414

Click OK, then click Save.

46. Click New.

47. The Select JMS resource provider page appears. SelectWebSphere MQ messaging provider andclick OK.

48. The Configuration page appears. Supply the values listed in table below.

Field Value

Name AdapterResponseQueue1

JNDI name jms/AdapterResponseQueue1

Queue name OutputQueue1

Queue manager or Queue sharinggroup name

xPressionQueueManager

Click OK.

49. AdapterResponseQueue now appears in the list. Click Save.

161

Page 162: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

50. Click AdapterResponseQueue1 from the list.

51. In the Additional Properties section, click Advanced Properties.

52. In the General Properties section, in the Persistence list, selectWebSphere MQ persistent.

53. Click OK, then click Save.

54. Click AdapterResponseQueue1 from the list.

55. In the Additional Properties section, clickWebSphere MQ connection properties.

56. In the General Properties section, supply the following values.

Field Value

Queue manager host Supply the host name or IP address.

Queue manager port 1414

Click OK, then click Save.

57. In the left pane, expand Servers, Server Types, and clickWebSphere application servers.

58. On the Application servers page click server1.

59. In the Communications section, expandMessaging and clickMessage Listener Service.

60. In the Additional Properties section, click Listener Port.

61. Click New.

62. In the General Properties section supply the following values.

Field Value

Name AdapterListenport

Initial State Started

Description Adapter Listen Port

Connection factory JNDI name jms/AdapterQueueConFactory

Destination JNDI name jms/AdapterQueue

Maximum sessions 2

Click OK, then click Save.

63. AdapterListenport appears in the list.

64. Click New.

65. In the General Properties section supply the following values.

Field Value

Name AdapterListenport1

Initial State Started

Description Adapter Listen Port1

Connection factory JNDI name jms/AdapterQueueConFactory

162

Page 163: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Field Value

Destination JNDI name jms/AdapterQueue1

Maximum sessions 2

Click OK, then click Save.

Configuring xPression Adapter for WebLogic

To configure the adapter for WebLogic, ensure you deploy the proper enterprise archive filesaccording to the following steps:

• Extract the xPression Enterprise Archive Files, page 94

• Starting the Enterprise Archive Files, page 120

• Configuring xPression JMS Adapter for WebLogic, page 163

Configuring xPression JMS Adapter for WebLogic

For adapters which support JMS capabilities, you can configure the Weblogic console followingthe steps below:

1.) Configure Persistent Stores1. In the left pane, expand Services and select Persistent Stores.

2. On Persistent Store page, click New -> Create FileStore.

3. Type the name and the JMS path in the directory, for example,“C:\xPression\xPressionDomain\servers\AdminServer\data\store\jms”

, and click Next.

4. Select the Target and click Finish.

2.) Configure JMS Servers1. In the left pane, expand Services, thenMessaging and select JMS Servers.

2. On the JMS Servers page, click New.

3. Type the name and click Next.

4. Select the created persistent Store and click Next.

5. Select the Target and click Finish.

3.) Configure the JMS Modules1. On the left pane, expand Services > Messaging and select JMS Modules.

2. On the JMS Modules page, click New.

3. Type the name and click Next.

163

Page 164: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

4. Select AdminServer and click the Next.

5. Click Finish.

6. Select the newly created JMS module and click New.

7. Select Connection Factory and click Next.

8. Type theConnect Factory name and JNDIName, for example, jms/AdapterQueueConFactory,and click Next.

9. Confirm the target server is selected, then click Finish.

10. Select the newly created JMS module, click New, select Queue, and click Next.

11. Type the queue name and JNDI name, for example, jms/AdapterResponseQueue, and clickNext.

12. Select an already existing sub-deployment or create a new sub-deployment.

13. Click Finish.

14. Repeat steps 10-13 to create the following queues:• jms/AdapterResponseQueue1

• jms/AdapterQueue

• jms/AdapterQueue1

164

Page 165: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Configuring JBoss EAP 6.4 MQPerform the following steps to configure the JMS-enabled xAdapter with JBoss EAP 6.4 MQ:

Modify the xpression-standalone.xml File1. Locate the ${JBOSS_EAP_6.4_HOME}\standalone\configuration\xpression-standalone

.xml file and make the following modifications to it:

a. Add the JMS QueuesWithin the xpression-standalone.xml file, locate the following element:<subsystem xmlns="urn:jboss:domain:messaging:1.x>/<hornetq-server>/<jms-destinations>

Add the following jms-queue elements to it:

<jms-queue name="AdapterQueue"><entry name="/jms/AdapterQueue"/><entry name="java:jboss/exported/jms/AdapterQueue"/>

</jms-queue><jms-queue name="AdapterQueue1">

<entry name="/jms/AdapterQueue1"/><entry name="java:jboss/exported/jms/AdapterQueue1"/>

</jms-queue><jms-queue name="AdapterResponseQueue">

<entry name="/jms/AdapterResponseQueue"/><entry name="java:jboss/exported/jms/AdapterResponseQueue"/>

</jms-queue><jms-queue name="AdapterResponseQueue1">

<entry name="/jms/AdapterResponseQueue1"/><entry name="java:jboss/exported/jms/AdapterResponseQueue1"/>

</jms-queue>

b. Add Queue Connection FactoryWithin the xpression-standalone.xml file, locate the following element:<subsystem xmlns="urn:jboss:domain:messaging:1.x>/<hornetq-server>/<jms-connection-factories>

Add the following connection-factory element to it.

<connection-factory name="AdapterQueueConFactory"><connectors>

<connector-ref connector-name="netty"/></connectors><entries>

<entry name="jms/AdapterQueueConFactory"/><entry name="java:jboss/exported/jms/AdapterQueueConFactory"/>

</entries></connection-factory>

After completing the above modifications, you are ready to deploy the JMS-enabled xAdapter withJBoss EAP 6.4.

165

Page 166: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Using XQuery Outside of xPressionYou can install and run XQuery outside of xPression. xPression uses the DataDirect XML library toprovide capabilities such as XQuery execution and conversion from non-XML data to XML data.EMC Document Sciences provides several tools to facilitate the development, testing, and tuning ofXQuery and XML conversions outside of the xPression environment for customers who prefer towork directly with the DataDirect XML library. The tools provided by EMC Document Sciences arevirtually identical to those provided by DataDirect, except as noted.

These utilities require JDK 1.6 and higher versions.

XQuery Command Line Utility

The XQuery Command Line Utility enables users to execute XQuery through the command line. Itsupports all options provided by the DataDirect XQuery command line utility, so refer to the Usingthe Command Line Utility section of the DataDirect XQuery User’s Guide and Reference for detailson using the utility. The following items differ from the DataDirect® documentation when usingthe EMC Document Sciences utility:• This utility is found in D$ddxq.jar instead of ddxq.jar

• The class name is com.docscience.xquery.QueryConsole

• The JDBC URL should start with “jdbc:docscience:” instead of “jdbc:xquery:”

XML Converter Command Line Utility

The XML Converter™ Command Line Utility enables users to execute XML converters throughthe command line. It supports all options provided by the DataDirect XML converter commandline utility, so refer to the Command Line Usage section of the DataDirect XML Converters User’sGuide and Reference for details on using the utility. The following items differ from the DataDirectdocumentation when using the EMC Document Sciences utility:• This utility is found in D$XMLConverters.jar instead of xmlconverters.jar

• The class name is com.docscience.xmlconverter.ConverterConsole

Installing the Command Line Utilities

To run the utilities independently from the xPression Server, use the provided installer to deploythem to a separate server. Installing the command line utilities to a separate server enables you todo high volume batch data conversion that is not possible on the xPression Server. Be aware thatan independently installed XQuery cannot integrate with xAdmin and xDashboard for real-timetransactions. The standalone command line utilities are supported on all servers and platforms thatare supported for the xPression Server.

To install XQuery to a separate server:

166

Page 167: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

1. In your installation package, locate the XMLTools_Installation_scripts folder.

2. In this folder you will find XMLTools_Install.jar. Copy this file to the server where you want toinstall XQuery. Ensure you do not copy and install the file on your xPression Server.

3. Open a command prompt and navigate to the directory where you copied theXMLTools_Install.jar file.

4. Start the installation wizard with the following command:java -jar XMLTools_Install.jar

5. The “Introduction” page appears. Click Next.

6. The “License Agreement” page appears. Select I accept the terms of the LicenseAgreement and click Next.

7. The “XMLTools Installation Folder” appears. Select a destination folder and click Next.

8. The “Pre-Installation Summary” page appears. Click Install. The installer deploys the XQuerysoftware files and documentation in the specified directory.

Sample Commands

For complete instructions on how to use the utilities, read the command line utility documentationprovided in the /docs folder. Below you will find two simple examples:java -cp <install_path>/libs/D$ddxq.jar com.docscience.xquery.QueryConsole-jdbc "jdbc:docscience:oracle://10.32.220.85:1521;SID=xprorcl10;user=customer;password=customer" -p -o output.xml rdb.xquery

java -jar <install_path>/libs/D$XMLConverters.jar /to /converter CSV /in mydata.txt /out output.xml

SSL and TLS Certificates SupportYou need to perform .NET Framework upgrade to use xPression client applications which are.NET—based.

If you have .NET 4.6 version installed, you have the following options:• Upgrade the .NET Framework version 4.6 to 4.6.2;

• Remove the .NET Framework version 4.6, reinstall .NET version4.5, and then apply the upgrade.

The list of required upgrades for each xPression client includes:• xDesign: upgrade .NET Framework to version 4.5;

• xPresso for Word: upgrade .NET Framework to version 4.5;

• xEditor: upgrade .NET Framework to version 4.5;

• xPresso for Adobe InDesign: upgrade the OpenSSL to v1.0.2.

167

Page 168: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Installing and Configuring Client Applications

Upgrade for .NET Framework 4.6 Users

If you have the .NET Framework 4.6 installed, and this upgrade is not applicable, do the following:1. Remove the .NET Framework 4.6 from the client application.

2. Reinstall the .NET Framework 4.5.

3. Install the .NET framework upgrade.

4. Reboot the required client application.

Upgrade for .NET Framework 4.5x Users

If you use the .NET Framework 4.5, note that it does not have the TLS 1.2 transport protocol enabledby default. To enable the TLS 1.2 support;1. Configure the xPression server container to support TLS 1.2 protocol

2. Install the .NET Framework upgrade on client applications.

Specifying JDK Installation Folder LocationThe page prompting you to select the path where JDK is installed appears if you install xPressoclients or xDesign. Supply the path to the JDK installation directory.

Note: JDK 1.8 64-bit is the supported version for xPresso for Adobe InDesign and xPresso forDreamweaver. The supported version for xPresso for Word and xDesign is JDK 1.8 32-bit.

168

Page 169: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 9Verifying Your Installation

You can verify your installation both before and after installing any patches. Be sure to update yoursoftware to the latest patched release so that your system is current with all important fixes that areavailable.

At this point in the installation, you should have:• Installed and configured your xPression database.

• Created and configured your application server, deployed your enterprise archive file, andinstalled your xPression Server.

• Completed your installation steps.

• Installed the xPression client.

Note: Documentum Edition users can ignore Step Two, Step Three, and Step Four. Please continueconfiguring Documentum (for details, see Define Documentum Users and Roles, page 209) afterStep One.

You can verify the Documentum Edition Installation after configuring Documentum by checking thetutorial document shipped with xPresso installation into Documentum.

Step One: Check Basic ConnectivityEnsure you have started your xPression server. In this step, you will run some very basic teststo ensure xPression was configured properly.

Examine Server Logs

Check your application server log files to ensure there were no errors during startup.

Access xAdmin

Ensure you can access xAdmin. If xAdmin does not start, you have made an error in your serversetup. You can access xAdmin from any web-enabled browser connected to your network. The URLthat you use to access xAdmin is case-sensitive as below:

169

Page 170: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Verifying Your Installation

http://serverName:httpPort/xAdminwhere serverName is the name of your application server machine. You can use localhost if youare launching the browser from the application server machine.

httpPort is the HTTP port number of the xPression Server. You should have written down thisport number when configuring your application server. If you did not, you can also find this portnumber in your application server admin console:• WebLogic—In your WebLogic server console, expand Servers in the left console pane and clickthe item for your xPression server. In the right console pane, click the General tab and locatethe setting for Listen Port, which is the xPression port number.

• WebSphere—See Set Host Alias, page 81.

• JBoss—This value is recorded in the server.xml located in the jbossweb.sar directory foryour server configuration. For example: <Jboss_Install_Dir>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb.sar\server.xml

The value is listed as the Connector port under the jboss.web service.<!--A HTTP/1.1 Connector on port 8080 --><Connector address="${jboss.bind.address}" connectionTimeout="120000"maxPostSize="0" port="8080" ...

When you access xAdmin for the first time, you will be required to supply licensing informationbefore you can proceed.

Supply Your License

Your xPression license agreement grants you a certain number of "seats” for the server, xPressionBatch, and client applications such as xDesign and xResponse. An xPression license key is linked tothe unique IP address of the computer on which the xPression application is installed. The number ofthese seats for each feature and application may vary depending on which features are licensed inyour installation and xPression edition you have. This relationship is established during installation.

You can enter new license files through License Management. When your license expires, or if youupgrade your license to include additional seats, you’ll be directed to supply a new license file inthe Enter New License box.

To update your license with a new license key file:1. Click Browse. Locate and select the license key file (license.xml).

2. Click Open. The file path appears in the Select License File field.

3. Click Save.

Access Locales

In xAdmin, click the System Managementmenu and click Locales. A list of locales should appear.

The locale list will show the locales currently available on your system. If you are able to see your listof locales, then xPression is able to retrieve information from your xPression database.

170

Page 171: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Verifying Your Installation

Step Two: Import Sample Test DataTo continue your installation validation, import the sample applications delivered with xPression.Use xPressionUtilities to import the applications to your xPression database. Complete the followingsteps:

1. Locate the following server directory:xPressionHome\Samples\

2. In this directory, you will find:• AUTOPAY1.xml

• AUTOPAY.xml

• AutoPayPDP_xPublish.pdpx

• AutoPDP.zip

3. In xAdmin, click the Utilitiesmenu and click Import. The Import page appears.

4. Select The PDPX is on server side.

5. Click Browse.

6. Navigate to the following directory on your xPression Server: xPressionHome\SamplesIf you used the xPublish-only installation files to install xPression, select AutoPayPDP_xPublish.pdpxIf you used the CompuSet-enabled installation files to install xPression, select AutoPDP.zip.

7. Click Start. xPression informs you if the import is successful or if there were errors. You cancheck xPression.log and migration.log in xPressionHome directory for more details.

8. On your xPression Server, navigate to xPressionHome\Samples\

9. Copy AUTOPAY1.xml and AUTOPAY.xml to the following directory:<xPressionHome>\CustomerData

10. Log on to xAdmin, and ensure that the Customer Data Location for the AUTOPAY-XML DataSource is set correctly.

Step Three: Configure Access RightsIn xAdmin, click the Category Management menu and click Categories. Complete the followingsteps:

1. Click the link for the Automatic Payment Letter category.

2. When the category page appears, click the Access Rights tab.

3. On the Access Rights tab, click View/Change for the xDesign application.

4. Click Add to display a list of eligible users.

171

Page 172: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Verifying Your Installation

5. When the list of user names appears, select a user name or group and click Add to move theuser name to the New Selected Users list. You are giving this user name or group access tothe documents in this category. Click Save.

6. Select permissions for this user and click Save.

Caution: If xPression fails to show names in the eligible users list, then there is a problem withyour user authentication settings. If you are unable to add or remove users in access rights, thenyour environment path was not properly configured.

Step Four: Test Assembly in xDesignStart xDesign and attempt to log on using the user name you assigned privileges to in Step Three:Configure Access Rights, page 171.

Caution: If xPression does not accept your user name, ensure that you typed the user name andpassword correctly. If you are using a copy of xDesign that is deployed on an xPression Server,you may need to alter your local security policy. See SiteMinder Authentication, page 30.

To test assemble in xDesign:1. Open a document from the Automatic Payment Category.

2. Click the Preview tab.

3. From the Document menu, select Generate XML.

4. From the Document menu, use the Create Document Version feature to create a documentversion. See the xDesign User Guide for more information about document versions.

5. Select the first customer in the list, right-click and select Assemble. The document shouldassemble and display several content items below the customer record you assembled. Right-clickagain and select Publish Document.

6. The document should publish successfully. To view the output, navigate to the followingdirectory: xPressionHome\Publish\Output

7. If your PDF file is located in this directory, the test was successful.

172

Page 173: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 10Integrating with Third-Party Software

You can integrate xPression with third-party software such as Documentum and FileNet. See thefollowing topics:• Integrating with Documentum, page 173

• Integrating with FileNet, page 185

Integrating with DocumentumThis section contains instructions for configuring your environment to enable integration betweenyour Documentum and xPression systems.

You must have a fully licensed and operational Documentum content server installed on yournetwork. You can install xPression on the same server as the Documentum content server or you caninstall Documentum and xPression on different servers.

If you install the Documentum content server and xPression on different servers, you must installthe Documentum Foundation Classes on your xPression Server. These classes enable the xPressionServer to communicate with the remotely located Documentum content server. These classes areavailable from Documentum.

Note: xPression does not support accessing the Documentum server using the HTTPS protocol.

Complete the following steps as necessary:• Step One: Configure Documentum System User Name, page 174

• Step Two: Install Documentum Foundation Classes, page 174

• Step Three: Configure Application Server, page 174

• Step Four: Create an ECM Configuration, page 180

• Setting DFC Registry Mode for xPression Documentum Repository, page 180

• Installing the Sample Workflow, page 180

• After Updating an Activity Template, page 184

• Adding Formats for Archiving, page 184

• Upgrading the Sample Workflow, page 184

173

Page 174: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Step One: Configure Documentum System User Name

This step is required for xPression environments that need to access Documentum repositories,including Documentum Edition Users. xPression is able to store archive output from the xPressionsystem in a Documentum Docbase. When you run a job that is configured to store archive outputin a Documentum Docbase, xPression logs on to the Documentum system using a system username and password.

You configure this user name and password through the ECM Configuration page in xAdmin.

The system user name and password must be a valid Documentum Docbase user account withprivileges to browse the Docbase object types. Ensure that this account is active before providingthe user name to xPression.

You can encrypt this password. If you want to enable encryption and your Documentum contentserver is located on a different machine than the xPression server machine, you must configure anoperating system environment variable on the xPression Servermachine. This variable must containthe path to the Documentum encryption key. The key is installed by default with the Documentumcontent server in the following location:

<Documentum_Install_Dir>\dba\secure\aek.key

where <Documentum_Install_Dir> is the location where you installed Documentum. On thexPression Server machine, set up the following environment variable.

Variable Name: DM_CRYPTO_FILE Variable Value: <Documentum_Install_Dir>\dba\secure\aek.key

On Windows machines, you can set environment variables by accessing the System Properties fromthe Control Panel. On the System Properties page, select the Advanced tab and click EnvironmentVariables. To define your system user name and password, see the instructions in the SystemAdministrator’s Guide.

Step Two: Install Documentum Foundation Classes

This step is required for xPression environments that need to access Documentum repositories,including Documentum Edition Users. You must install the Documentum Foundation Classes (DFC)runtime environment on your xPression Server. For full instructions, see the Documentum Platformand Platform Extensions Installation Guide that came with your EMC Documentum software.

Step Three: Configure Application Server

This step is required for xPression environments that need to access Documentum repositories,including Documentum Edition Users.• Adding Paths to Support xPression Batch, page 175

• Configuration Steps for WebSphere, page 175

• Configuration Steps for WebLogic, page 176

174

Page 175: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

• Configuration Steps for JBoss, page 177

• Configuration Steps for Process Builder Users, page 179

Adding Paths to Support xPression Batch

To support publishing in batch mode, you must add two documentum paths to theBatchRunner.properties file and the BatchRunner.bat (.sh for UNIX) file. Both files residein the xPressionHome directory. The changes to BatchRunner.properties support batch throughxDashboard and the BatchRunner.bat (.sh for UNIX) file changes support batch through thecommand line.

1. Add the necessary paths to your xPression BatchRunner.properties file by completingthe following steps:a. Locate the BatchRunner.properties file in the xPressionHome directory.

b. Open the BatchRunner.properties file for editing.

c. Locate the xPression_Batch_Path section of the BatchRunner.properties file. Forexample:xPression_Batch_Path=

d. Add the path to the dctm.jar file. For example:xPression_Batch_Path=C:/Program Files/Documentum/dctm.jar

e. Add the path to the Documentum /config directory. For example:xPression_Batch_Path=C:/Program Files/Documentum/dctm.jar;C:/Documentum/Config

f. Save your changes.

2. Add the necessary paths to your BatchRunner.bat (.sh for UNIX) file by completing thefollowing steps:a. Locate the BatchRunner.bat (.sh for UNIX) file in the xPressionHome directory.

b. Open the BatchRunner.bat file for editing.

c. Locate the BATCH_CLASSPATH section of the file. For example:BATCH_CLASSPATH=

d. Add the path to the dctm.jar file. For example:BATCH_CLASSPATH=C:\Program Files\Documentum\dctm.jar

e. Add the path to the Documentum /config directory. For example:BATCH_CLASSPATH=C:\Program Files\Documentum\dctm.jar;C:\Documentum\Config

f. Save your changes.

3. Start the xPression server.

Configuration Steps for WebSphere

To configure your new xPression server:

175

Page 176: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

1. Expand Servers in the left pane of the administrative console expand Server Type and clickWebSphere Application Servers. By default, your xPression profile will contain a server namedserver1. This server will appear in the Application servers list. Click the server1 hyperlink to editthe configuration of the server. The configuration page appears.

2. In the Server Infrastructure section, click the Java and Process Management item to expand it.

3. In the Java and Process Management section, click Process Definition.

4. Locate the Additional Properties section on the right side of the page and click Java VirtualMachine.

5. In the Classpath box, type the following paths. For Linux, place each classpath on a separate line.For Windows, separate each path with a semi-colon. For UNIX and Linux systems, replace theback slash (\) with a forward slash (/) in the path.• C:\Documentum\config

• C:\Program Files\Documentum\dctm.jar

• C:\Program Files\Documentum\Shared\aspectjrt.jar

• Also, add the path to bpmutil.jar. This is the file you located in: Configuration Steps forProcess Builder Users, page 179.

6. When finished, click OK and click OK again on the Process Definition page to return to thexPression Server configuration page.

7. Save your changes to the master configuration.

Configuration Steps for WebLogic

To add the classpaths, complete the following steps:

1. Open startxPressionServer.shwith a text editor. This file resides in the following location:<WebLogic_install_dir>/user_projects/domains/<domain_name>/bin

2. Add the path to bpmutil.jar to the SET “JAVA_OPTS” line. This is the file you located in step7 of Configuration Steps for Process Builder Users, page 179.

3. If you did not configure Documentum settings while running the xPression installer, you must ,add the Documentum classpath to the startxPressionServer.bat (.sh for UNIX users) file.SET DCTM_CLASSPATH=

4. Next, add the path to the Documentum /config directory. This folder is located in theDocumentum installation directory. For example:SET DCTM_CLASSPATH=C:\Documentum\config

5. Also, add the path to the Documentum JAR file. For example:SET DCTM_CLASSPATH=C:\Documentum\config;C:\Program Files\Documentum\dctm.jar

6. Save and close the file.

176

Page 177: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Configuration Steps for JBoss

To configure JBoss for Documentum users:1. Create the following folders in your JBoss installation directory:

<jboss_install_dir>/modules/com/documentum/main/If these folders already exist, go to the next step.

2. Copy the following Jar files to this directory:• dfc.jar

• configservice-impl.jar

• configservice-api.jar

• DmcRecords.jar

• dms-client-api.jar

• jcifs-krb5-1.3.1.jar

• jsafeFIPS.jar (for Documentum pre-7.1 versions)

• krbutil.jar

• messageArchive.jar

• messageService.jar

• subscription.jar

• workflow.jar

• xtrim-api.jar

• xtrim-server.jar

• All-MB.jar

• bpmutil.jar

• certjFIPS.jar (for Documentum pre-7.1 versions)

• ci.jar

• collaboration.jar

• aspectjrt.jar

• certj.jar (for Documentum 7.1 and after)

• jcmFIPS.jar (for Documentum 7.1 and after)

• cryptojce.jar (for Documentum 7.1 and after)

• cryptojcommon.jar (for Documentum 7.1 and after)

3. Next, open module.xml. This file is located in the same directory where as the copied Jar files.

4. If you configured xPression for Documentum during the server installation process (see ), thenmake sure the following code appears in the module.xml file.If you did not configure xPression for Documentum during the server installation process, addthe following bold items to the module.xml file.

177

Page 178: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><module xmlns="urn:jboss:module:1.1" name="com.documentum"><resources><resource-root path="All-MB.jar"/><resource-root path="DmcRecords.jar"/><resource-root path="aspectjrt.jar"/><resource-root path="bpmutil.jar"/><resource-root path="certjFIPS.jar"/><resource-root path="ci.jar"/><resource-root path="collaboration.jar"/><resource-root path="configservice-api.jar"/><resource-root path="configservice-impl.jar"/><resource-root path="dfc.jar"/><resource-root path="dms-client-api.jar"/><resource-root path="jcifs-krb5-1.3.1.jar"/><resource-root path="jsafeFIPS.jar"/><resource-root path="krbutil.jar"/><resource-root path="messageArchive.jar"/><resource-root path="messageService.jar"/><resource-root path="subscription.jar"/><resource-root path="workflow.jar"/><resource-root path="xtrim-api.jar"/><resource-root path="xtrim-server.jar"/></resources><dependencies><module name="org.apache.log4j"/><module name="javax.transaction.api"/><module name="javax.xml.bind.api" /><module name="javax.ws.rs.api" /><module name="javax.inject.api" /><module name="javax.xml.stream.api" /><module name="org.apache.commons.lang" /><module name="org.apache.commons.codec" /><module name="javax.activation.api" /><module name="javax.api"/><module name="org.apache.xerces"/></dependencies></module>

If you are using Documentum 7.1 or higher versions, add the following code to the module.xmlfile.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><module xmlns="urn:jboss:module:1.1" name="com.documentum"><resources><resource-root path="All-MB.jar"/><resource-root path="DmcRecords.jar"/><resource-root path="aspectjrt.jar"/><resource-root path="bpmutil.jar"/><resource-root path="certj.jar"/><resource-root path="ci.jar"/><resource-root path="collaboration.jar"/><resource-root path="configservice-api.jar"/><resource-root path="configservice-impl.jar"/><resource-root path="cryptojce.jar"/><resource-root path="cryptojcommon.jar"/><resource-root path="dfc.jar"/><resource-root path="dms-client-api.jar"/><resource-root path="jcifs-krb5-1.3.1.jar"/><resource-root path="jcmFIPS.jar"/><resource-root path="krbutil.jar"/><resource-root path="messageArchive.jar"/><resource-root path="messageService.jar"/><resource-root path="subscription.jar"/>

178

Page 179: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

<resource-root path="workflow.jar"/><resource-root path="xtrim-api.jar"/><resource-root path="xtrim-server.jar"/></resources><dependencies><module name="org.apache.log4j"/><module name="javax.transaction.api"/><module name="javax.xml.bind.api" /><module name="javax.ws.rs.api" /><module name="javax.inject.api" /><module name="javax.xml.stream.api" /><module name="org.apache.commons.lang" /><module name="org.apache.commons.codec" /><module name="javax.activation.api" /><module name="javax.api"/><module name="org.apache.xerces"/></dependencies></module>

5. Save and close the file.

6. Open the following file:<Jboss_Install_Dir>\standalone\configuration\xpression-standalone.xml

7. In the “system-properties” section, add the following property:<property name="dfc.properties.file" value=" <path>"/>

where <path> is the path and filename for your dfc.properties file. This file is located inyour Documentum “config” folder.

8. In the “system-properties”, add the following property:<property name="log4j.configuration" value=" <path>"/>

where <path> is the path and filename for your log4j.properties file. This file is located inyour Documentum “config” folder.

9. If you configured xPression for Documentum during the server installation process, then makesure the following code appears in the xpression-standalone.xml file.If you did not configure xPression for Documentum during the server installation process, addthe following bold items to the xpression-standalone.xml file.

<subsystem xmlns="urn:jboss:domain:ee:1.0"><global-modules><module name="com.documentum" slot="main"/></global-modules></subsystem>

10. Save and close the file.

Configuration Steps for Process Builder Users

If you are planning to use Process Builder with xPression, locate the following files in your ProcessBuilder installation:• bpm_infra.jar

• castor-1.1-xml.jar

179

Page 180: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

• commons-jxpath-1.2.jar

• bpmutil.jar

These files are located on the machine that hosts Documentum Process Builder. If Process Builder isinstalled on a different machine, you must copy these files to a location on your xPression Servermachine. If Process Builder is installed on your xPression Server machine, note the location for alater step.

Step Four: Create an ECM Configuration

To enable xPression to store archive output in a Documentum Docbase, you must set up an ECMConfiguration for Documentum. You set up your an ECM Configuration from the xAdmin ResourceManagement menu. In an ECM Configuration you must define a Documentum user name andpassword, Docbase name (store name), and the archive path. For details on these options, see thexAdmin User Guide.

Documentum Edition users must create an ECM configuration specifically for their DocumentumxPression Repository. Documentum Edition users can also create additional ECM Configurationsthat enable them to pull resources from other docbases, but only the docbase defined as theDocumentum xPression Repository can be used for checking-in xPresso templates.

Setting DFC Registry Mode for xPression DocumentumRepository

If you use the xPression Documentum Repository on a 64-bit Windows system, make the followingchange to the dfc.properties file for Documentum:

1. Open your Documentum /config directory.

2. Open the dfc.properties file for editing.

3. Locate the dfc.registry.mode property and make sure the value is set to file. For example:dfc.registry.mode=file

Installing the Sample Workflow

EMC Document Sciences provides a sample Workflow application that you can use with xPression.The steps in this section describe how to install and use the sample workflow for the approval ofxPression documents. This sample application requires Documentum TaskSpace, DocumentumProcess Builder, and Documentum Forms Builder.

Note: If you are using Documentum 6.6, you must perform a few upgrade steps after installing.See Upgrading the Sample Workflow, page 184.

180

Page 181: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Deploying the Sample Application

Complete the following steps to deploy the sample application:

1. Locate the following DAR files in your installation package: approve_xpression_doc.dar. Copythe DAR file to a local temporary folder.

2. Start the Documentum Composer DAR Installer. The DAR installer is located in yourcomposer directory, the same directory that contains eclipse.exe. By default, this directory is\\<DCTM_install_dir>\product\6.5\install\composer\</DCTM_install_dir>

3. Run the DAR installer. The DAR Installer page appears.

4. In the *DAR box, supply the full path and file name of the approve_xpression_doc.dar file.

5. Locate the Docbroker Details section. In the *Docbroker Host drop-down box, select the nameof the docbroker host. If no names appear in the list, type the name of your Docbroker Host orConnection Broker.

6. In the *Docbroker Port box appears, type the port number. By default, this number is 1489.

7. Click Connect.

8. Locate the Repository Details section. In the *Repository drop-down box, select the name of therepository where you want to deploy the sample application.

9. In the User Name box, type the user name for the repository.

10. In the Password box, type the password for the user name.

11. Click the Install button.

12. The DAR Installer will deploy the DAR file and display a success message when complete.

13. Click Close to close the DAR Installer. If you receive and error, ensure you are using a supportedversion of the DAR Installer.

14. Next, locate xPressionAction.zip in your installation package. Extract the contents of this fileto the following directory://taskspace_home/custom/config/

For example: C:\Tomcat 6.0\webapps\taskspace\custom\config

15. Locate xPressionWFConnector.jar in your installation package. Copy this file to the followingdirectory://taskspace_home/WEB-INF/lib/

For example: C:\Tomcat 6.0\webapps\taskspace\WEB-INF\lib\

16. Restart the application server.Next, configure the sample Workflow for your environment.

Configuring the Sample Workflow

Now that the sample workflow is installed on your system, you must configure the workflow foryour users and your server.

181

Page 182: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

You must assign the doc_processor rule to any submitters or approvers that need to access thexPression workflow in Process Builder. To assign users to the doc_processor role, complete thefollowing steps.

1. Log in to Documentum Webtop using Administrator privileges.

2. Expand the Administration item in the left pane.

3. Expand the User Management item in the left pane.

4. Click the Roles item in the left pane.

5. In the right pane, double-click the doc_processor role.

6. The right pane displays all existing users with the doc_processor role. To add a new user, clickthe File menu and select Add Member(s).

7. Webtop will display a list of all users in a column on the left and all doc_processor users in acolumn on the right. Select a user from the left column and click the right-arrow button to move itto the right column. Repeat this step for each user that will receive the doc_processor role.

8. Click OK.Next, update the sample workflow Process Properties.

1. Log on to Process Builder as a user with the doc_processor role and connect to the repositorywhere the sample workflow was deployed (this is the repository where you deployed the DARfile).

2. Open theWorkflow with xPression EE process located in the following folder:/System/Applications/approve_xpression_doc/Process

The process definition appears.

3. To perform the customization steps, you must first uninstall the process. Click the UninstallTemplate button.

4. Access the Process Properties and click the Data tab.

5. In the left pane, expand Process Data and Process Variables, and select xPressionUrl.

6. The Variable Definition information for the xPressionUrl variable appears in the right pane. Inthe Value box, type the URL for your xPression Server using the following syntax:http://<server>:<port>

where <server> is the server name or IP address and <port> is the server port number.

7. Click Apply.

8. In the left pane, select xPressionUsername.

9. Supply the user name for a user with xPression Design permissions.

10. Click Apply.

11. In the left pane, select xPressionPassword.

12. Supply the password for a user with xPression Design permissions.

13. Click OK.Next, update the path to the WSDL file for all process tasks.

182

Page 183: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

1. Right-click the set lifecycle as "submitted” task and select Activity Inspector.

2. Click theWeb Service Configuration tab.

3. In the URL Path to the WSDL File box, change the server and port number to the server and portnumber of your xPression Server. If the server is accessible through SSL, change the protocol tohttps.

4. Perform these steps for the following tasks:• workflow start

• set lifecycle status as "approved”

• set lifecycle status as "rejected”

• document approved

• document rejected

Next, define your approver.

1. Right-click the Approver review the document step and select Activity Inspector.

2. Select the Performer tab.

3. Click the Select Performer button to select a specific user from the repository.

4. Click OK.

Run the Sample Workflow

To run the sample workflow, complete the following steps:

1. Open Internet Explorer.

2. Access the workflow application at the following URL:http://<server>:<port>/taskspace?appname=approve_xpression_doc

3. Log in as the submitter.

4. Select the Process tab.

5. The Select Document page appears. Select a document from the list.

6. Click Submit.

7. Log out of Taskspace and log back in as the approver.

8. Select a customer key from the list.

9. Click Preview to preview the document.

10. Click Approve or Reject.

183

Page 184: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

After Updating an Activity Template

Anytime you perform an update that provides changes for your activity templates, you must clear theTomcat server and Documentum client cache.

1. Stop the Method server and the docbase.

2. Clear the documentum cache. The cache folder can usually be found in the Documentuminstallation folder. For example:C:\Documentum\cache

3. Clear the method server cache. Use your Documentum documentation to locate this cache file.

4. Start the docbase.

5. Start the Method Server.

6. Clear the Tomcat cache. This cache can usually be found in the Tomcat folder/ For example:C:\Tomcat55\documentum\cache

Adding Formats for Archiving

If you are creating xPression output in the Microsoft Word .doc or .docx format and intend to archivethat output on a Documentum Docbase, you must configure Documentum to accept the DOC andDOCX formats. To configure Documentum:

1. Login to Documentum DA.

2. Navigate to Administration > Formats to access the Formats list page.

3. Select File > New > Format to access the New Format - Info page.

4. Complete the properties for the new format. The only properties that are required for xPressionare the Name and Default File Extension properties.

5. Click OK to save the new format or Cancel to exit without saving the changes. The systemdisplays the Formats list page.

Upgrading the Sample Workflow

If you want to use the sample workflow on any supported version of Documentum 6.6 or higher,you must upgrade the "Approve_xpression_doc” sample files to work with the current xPressionversion. To upgrade, complete the following steps:

1. Access your taskspace application using the following URL:http://<server>:<port>/taskspace?appname=approve_xpression_doc

2. Log in as the ts_designer user.

3. Click the Configuration tab.

184

Page 185: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

4. Click Synchronize Definition Files.

5. Next, log on to Documentum Administrator (DA).

6. Browse to the following location:/System/Applications/approve_xpression_doc/Actions

7. Export ts_plain_actions.xml to a local folder.

8. Check out ts_plain_actions.xml.

9. Open ts_plain_actions.xml for editing.

10. At the end of the file, add the following text:<!-- Preview xPression Document Actions --><plain-action id="previewXPressionDoc" desc="PreviewxPression Doc"/>

11. Save the changes and check the file back in to DA. Ensure that you check the file in as the sameversion, otherwise your changes will not be saved.

Integrating with FileNetThis section contains instructions for configuring your environment to enable integration betweenyour FileNet and xPression systems. Filenet integration is not supported on JBoss.

FileNet is an Enterprise Content Management system (ECM). xPression supports two ECMs: FileNetP8 and Documentum. FileNet can be used to archive images and PDF documents that you canuse as external content in your documents. You can use multiple FileNet archives, and you canuse FileNet along with Documentum.

xPression does not directly support online archiving with FileNet. xPression supports exportingarchive index files in the FileNet Capture, FileNet HPII, and Generic Index formats. FileNet providesrobust utilities that allow you to capture content from xPression using these archive outputs. Refer tothe Administering the xPression Server guide for more information on archive output formats, andto your FileNet documentation for more information on the FileNet utilities.• Implementing FileNet, page 185

• Configuring FileNet in xAdmin, page 187

Implementing FileNet

Use the following instructions:• Configurations for WebLogic, page 186

• Configurations for WebSphere, page 187

185

Page 186: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Configurations for WebLogic

You must move some jar files into your xPression.ear directory. We will supply the defaultlocation for these files, but the location on your system may be different if you installed to anon-default location.

1. Copy the following jar files:• jace.jar — can be found at FileNet_Install_Path/AE/CE_API/lib

• soap.jar — can be found at FileNet_Install_Path/AE/workplace/WEB-INF/lib

• javaapi.jar — can be found at FileNet_Install_Path/AE/CE_API/lib2

• xlxpScanner.jar — can be found at FileNet_Install_Path/AE/CE_API/lib

• xlxpScannerUtils.jar — can be found at FileNet_Install_Path/AE/CE_API/lib

2. Navigate to the following location: WebLogic_install_dir/user_projects/domains/DomainName/. At this location, create the following file: jaas.conf.WSI. Open the new fileand add the following text:FileNetP8WSI {com.filenet.api.util.WSILoginModule required;};

Save the changes and shutdown the WebLogic application server.

3. Next, locate the setDomainEnv file for your server (setDomainEnv.sh for UNIX orsetDomainEnv.bat for Windows). By default, this file is located atWebLogic_install_dir/user_projects/domains/domain_name/bin.

4. Open setDomainEnv for editing.

5. Add the following line to the list of options for the JVM:"-Djava.security.auth.login.config=WebLogic_install_dir/user_projects/domains/domain_name/jaas.conf.WSI"

6. Locate the startxPressionServer file (startxPressionServer.cmd for Windows,startxPressionServer.sh for UNIX) at the following location: WebLogic_install_dir/user_projects/domains/domain_name/bin.

7. Open the file for editing and locate the "SET CLASSPATH=” statement. To the end of thisstatement, append the path to the jar files you copied in step 1. Separate each path with asemi-colon.

8. Save and close the file.

9. Navigate to your xPressionHome directory. Locate Batchrunner.bat and open the file for editing.

10. Locate the "SET BATCH_CLASSPATH=” statement. To the end of this statement, append the pathto the jar files you copied in step 1. Separate each path with a semi-colon.

11. Save and close the file and restart the application server.

186

Page 187: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Configurations for WebSphere

You must move the jar files into your xPression.ear directory. We will supply the default locationfor these files, but the location on your system may be different if you installed to a non-defaultlocation. Copy the files for your FileNet version into your xPression.ear directory. Do not "cutand paste” the jar files into the xPression.ear directory. The jar files must reside in both locations.

1. Copy the following jar files:• jace.jar — can be found at <FileNet_Install_Path>/AE/CE_API/lib

• stax-api.jar — can be found at <FileNet_Install_Path>/AE/CE_API/lib

• javaapi.jar — can be found at <FileNet_Install_Path>/AE/CE_API/lib2

• xlxpScanner.jar — can be found at <FileNet_Install_Path>/AE/CE_API/lib

• xlxpScannerUtils.jar — can be found at <FileNet_Install_Path>/AE/CE_API/lib

2. Start the WebSphere Administrative Console.

3. Click Security in the left pane.

4. Click Global security, then click Java Authorization and Authentication Service. ClickApplication Logins and select FileNetP8WSI from the list.

5. If FileNetP8WSI does not appear in the list, click Application Logins and select New.

6. Create a new entry name FileNetP8WSI and click Apply.

7. Click JAAS Login Modules.

8. Click New and add a new entry named com.filenet.api.util.WSILoginModule.

9. Select the REQUIRED Authentication Strategy and click OK.

10. Save your changes and restart the server.

Configuring FileNet in xAdmin

Next, you must configure FileNet in xAdmin. In the Resource Management xAdminmenu you canset up your ECM Server and ECM Configuration.

Setting Up the FileNet ECM Server

To set up your ECM Server, click ECM Server from the Resource Management page. You mustprovide a descriptive name for the ECM Server, provide the server domain address, and Webservicesport. For details about these options, see ECM Server in the xAdmin User Guide.

187

Page 188: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Integrating with Third-Party Software

Setting Up the Filenet ECM Configuation

To set up your ECM Configuration, click ECM Configuration from the Resource Management page.You must supply a descriptive name for your configuration, a FileNet user name and password, andyou must associate the configuration with an ECM Server configuration.

188

Page 189: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 11Uninstalling, Reinstalling, andRemoving xPression

This chapter provides instructions for uninstalling, reinstalling, and removing xPression. See thefollowing topics:• Uninstall, Reinstall, and Remove, page 189

• Uninstalling xPression Server, page 189

• Uninstalling xPresso Client Applications, page 191

• Modifying, Repairing, or Removing xDesign, page 191

• Reinstalling xPression Server, page 192

• Removing xPression Completely, page 192

Uninstall, Reinstall, and RemoveThe term uninstall refers to running the uninstallation program for xPression Server or clientapplications.

The term reinstall refers to a function of the xPression Server or client installation programs. Once thexPression Server or a client application has been installed in a particular location, any additionalattempts to run the installation in the same location will cause the wizard to run in Reinstallationmode. Reinstallation mode enables you to completely or partially reinstall the current server. Thereinstallation process will overwrite existing files and directories. Ensure that you back up yourprevious installation before proceeding.

The term remove refers to the complete removal of xPression and its component from yourenvironment.

Uninstalling xPression ServerTo uninstall xPression Server, complete the following steps:

1. Preparations for Uninstalling xPression Server on Windows, page 190

2. Undeploy Enterprise Archive Files, page 190

189

Page 190: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression

3. Uninstall the Server, page 190

Preparations for Uninstalling xPression Server onWindows

If you need to uninstall the server on Windows systems, you must first add the JAVA path to theUSER PATH variable by doing the following steps:

1. Right-clickMy Computer and select Properties.

2. Click the Advanced tab.

3. Click Environment Variables.

4. In the User variables section, verify if there is a variable for PATH. If not, click New to create avariable named PATH. Add the path to your Java /bin directory as the PATH value.

Undeploy Enterprise Archive Files

Uninstall your existing xPression enterprise archive files by using one of the following methodsfor your application server:• WebSphere—Undeploy the xPression enterprise archive files using the administrative serverconsole. Once the .ear file has been undeployed, ensure the xPression.ear directory isremoved.

• WebLogic—Undeploy the xPression enterprise archive files using the administrative serverconsole. Once the .ear file has been undeployed, ensure the xPression.ear directory isremoved.

Remove the server temp directory or delete all the files in this directory. The server temp directoryis located under: ../Domain/..Server/.wlnotdelete/

• JBoss—Remove the xPression EAR folder from the deploy directory, and then delete the contentsof the following directories:— jboss_install_dir\server\xPression_Server_dir\TMP

— jboss_install_dir\server\xPression_Server_dir\WORK

Uninstall the Server

To uninstall the xPression Server, run the Uninstall_xPression_Server.exe oruninstaller.bin file in the xPressionHome\UninstallerData directory.

Ensure that you remove any files stranded in your xPressionHome directory.

190

Page 191: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression

Uninstalling xPresso Client ApplicationsTo remove your xPression client applications on a Windows system, use the uninstallation programvia Windows Control Panel. EMC Document Sciences highly recommends you to restart your systemafter the uninstallation. Not restarting may result in errors when starting a new installation.

For uninstallation on Macintosh, see the following procedure:

To Uninstall xPresso on Macintosh1. Navigate to InDesign_directory/xPresso/UninstallerData for xPresso for Adobe

InDesign, or Dreamweaver_directory/xPresso/UninstallerData for xPresso forDreamweaver.

2. Double-click Uninstall_xPresso_for_InDesign or Uninstall_xPresso_for_Dreamweaver. The uninstallation wizard appears.

3. Follow the instructions in the wizard to uninstall xPresso for Adobe InDesign or xPresso forDreamweaver.

Modifying, Repairing, or Removing xDesignTo modify, repair, or remove xDesign, use the Windows Add/Remove Programs Utility on thecomputer where xDesign is installed:• Modify—SelectModify when you want to individually add or remove components from yourxDesign installation.

• Repair—Select Repair when you want to reinstall all the components, files, and user-definedsettings that were installed by the previous installation.

• Remove—Select Remove when you want to uninstall xDesign.

Before reinstalling xDesign, ensure you have removed any unneeded stray files from the directorywhere you installed xDesign. If you modify your current installation by adding features or repairingyour installation, xPressionmay make backup copies of files that may have been altered or updatedsince the last installation. Specifically, xPression may make backup copies of your template (.dot)and com2ejbbridge.properties file and store them in the Backup folder. You must copy these filesback to their respective directories:• Template—xPressionHome\Design\Template

• com2ejbbridge.Properies—xPressionHome

191

Page 192: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression

Reinstalling xPression ServerThe Reinstallation mode of the xPression Server installation wizard enables you to completely orpartially reinstall the xPression Server.• Complete Reinstall—A complete reinstall overwrites all files and all settings on the current server.This option does not “update” the server with new files, it overwrites all your current server fileswith the original files installed during the initial installation.

• Partial Reinstall—A partial reinstall enables you to overwrite some of the original server filesinstalled during the initial installation, while preserving settings specific to your environment.The following files are preserved:— com2ejbbridge.properties—Retains the designation of RMI or Servlet mode.

— contentrepository.properties—Retains data source settings.

— servers.xml—Retains the connection information for the xPression servers.

— MigrationServer.xml—Retains the connection information for the xPression servers.

To reinstall your xPression Server, start the xPression Server installation program and use theinstructions in the reinstallation wizard for your application server type.

Removing xPression CompletelyTo remove xPression from your system completely, perform the following steps:

1. Undeploy the enterprise archive filesUse the facilities in the administrative console for your application server to remove the xPressionEnterprise applications. For JBoss servers, remove the xPression EAR folder from the deploydirectory. See Undeploy Enterprise Archive Files, page 190 for detailed information.

2. Stop the application serverThis step is very important. If you do not stop your server prior to uninstalling the xPressionServer, the uninstallation program will leave stranded files on your system.Ensure that you remove any stranded enterprise application files on your server. Navigate tothe server directory where the enterprise applications are deployed and remove all strandedxPression files.

3. Uninstall the xPression ServerSee Uninstall the Server, page 190 for detailed instructions.

4. Remove the xPression Server from your application server• For WebSphere, use the administrative console to remove the xPression application server.When finished, save the changes to your configuration.

• For WebLogic, remove your WebLogic domain and configuration.

• For JBoss, delete the xPression Server directory.

5. Uninstall client applications

192

Page 193: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression

Uninstall the client applications on each computer. For xPresso, see Uninstalling xPresso ClientApplications, page 191. For xDesign, see Modifying, Repairing, or Removing xDesign, page 191.

6. Remove the xPression databaseThe removal of your xPression database should be performed by your database administrator.Your database administrator can remove the entire xPression database, or delete all the tablesinstalled under the xPression database user.

193

Page 194: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Uninstalling, Reinstalling, and Removing xPression

194

Page 195: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 12Upgrading xPression

The term upgrade refers to the process of moving from one version of the software to another version.Typically this process includes removing and replacing xPression components. This process mayalso require customized steps if you are starting from certain versions. For detailed instructions onupgrading xPression, see the xPression Upgrade Guide.

195

Page 196: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Upgrading xPression

196

Page 197: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 13Troubleshooting

This chapter provides information on possible issues that you may encounter during installation. Seethe troubleshooting topics for the following components:• xPression Server, page 197

• xDesign, page 200

• xPresso for Word, page 201

• xPresso for Adobe InDesign, page 203

• xEditor, page 205

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso client applications dialog mixes up, on the WindowsControl Panel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization> Display > Adjust ClearType text window.

xPression Server

Errors During Start Up

If you receive the following error (or similar error) during server startup, the problem may be thatyour {PATH} variable precedes your JDK path and references and older JDK version.23:45:10,546 WARN [Utils] Exception extracting jars into temporarydirectory : java.io.FileNotFoundException: D:\jboss_x4\server\default\.\deploy\xPression.ear\xPRS_xFramework.war\WEB-INF (Access is denied) :switching to alternate class loading mechanism23:45:10,546 INFO [JAXWSDeployer] Deploying Exception Occured withjava.io.FileNotFoundException: D:\jboss_x4\server\default\.\deploy\xPression.ear\xPRS_xFramework.war\WEB-INF (Access is denied)java.lang.RuntimeException: java.io.FileNotFoundException:D:\jboss_x4\server\default\.\deploy\xPression.ear\xPRS_xFramework.war\WEB-INF(Access is denied)

To resolve the problem, move the {PATH} variable to the end of the statement. For example:export PATH=${xPressionHome}/Drivers:${JAVA_HOME}/bin:${JAVA_HOME}/jre/lib/i386/client:${JAVA_HOME}/jre/lib:${PATH}

197

Page 198: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

The Installer Cannot Access JVM

If the xPression Server installer has trouble accessing the JVM installed on your system, you can forcethe program to recognize your JVM as long as the JVM is version 1.4 or higher. To accomplish this,you must start the program from the command line.

For UNIX systems, type one of the following commands from the command line:• To install xPression:

xPression_Server_Install.bin LAX_VM JVM_path

• To uninstall xPression:Uninstall_xPression_Server LAX_VM JVM_path

where JVM_path is the path to your JVM. For example: /opt/WebSphere/AppServer/java/bin/java

For Windows systems, type one of the following commands from the command line:• To install xPression:

xPression_Server_Install_Windows.exe LAX_VM JVM_path

• To uninstall xPression:Uninstall_xPression_Server.exe LAX_VM JVM_path

where JVM_path is the path to your JVM. For example: C:\WebSphere\AppServer\java\bin\java.exe

Cannot Start the Server on JBoss

If you are unable to start the server, it may be due to an abnormal server error. JBoss deploysthe EAR each time it is started. If there is a failure, JBoss will rename the marker file toxPression.ear.undeployed.

To determine if this is cause of the failure, check the console messages during startup. ThexPression.ear file auto deploys when the JBoss server starts. For a successful startup, you shouldsee the following messages:15:30:58,777 INFO [org.jboss.as.server.deployment] (MSC service thread 1-3)JBAS015876: Starting deployment of "xPression.ear"

When finished, the console will show:15:31:07,920 INFO [org.jboss.as.server] (DeploymentScanner-threads - 2)JBAS018559: Deployed "xPression.ear"

If these messages do not appear, complete the following steps to redeploy the EAR file:

To Redeploy the EAR File on JBoss1. Locate the following folder in the JBoss installation directory:

<JBoss_install_dir>/Final/standalone/deployments/

198

Page 199: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

2. Locate a file named xPression.ear.undeployed.

3. Change the name to xPression.ear.dodeploy. The EAR file will be deployed automaticallyafter the name change.

xDashboard Log On Page Not Displayed

If you try to access xDashboard and you get an error instead of the log on page, there are a coupleof things you should check. There are two different messages that may appear, each signallinga different problem:• HTTP Status 404 Error—This error occurs when the application server is running, but it can’taccess the application using the URL you entered. Ensure that you typed the URL correctly.

• The Page Cannot be Displayed Error—This error occurs when the xPRS Server is not runningand you try to access xDashboard. Ensure that you started your application server, and that itis running.

Error While Attempting to Connect to xAdmin

If you receive the following errors while attempting to connect to xAdmin, xPression is unable toconnect to your xPression database.

3134 LicenseControllerSL EJB’s JNDI Name cannot be found.

3135 Unable to conduct the license check because the xPression databasecould not be accessed.

Ensure that your xPression database is running properly, and that you have correctly configured thedatabase according to the instructions in this guide.

xResponse xPression Database Error with DB2

You may receive the following errors after attempting to publish documents from xResponse. Thiserror has been known to occur in DB2 when attempting to publish several documents consecutively:"Response Could Not Connect To CR"

You may also encounter this error2005-10-12 20:20:55 [Servlet.Engine.Transports : 1] 103346 ERROR root ------------------------------------------UEID : 2090941197ErrorCode : 6163ErrorMessage : Database syntax error :{0}.StackTrace : COM.ibm.db2.jdbc.DB2Exception: [IBM][CLI Driver] CLI0125EFunction sequence error. SQLSTATE=HY010 at COM.ibm.db2.jdbc.app.SQLExceptionGenerator.throw_SQLException(SQLExceptionGenerator.java:260) atCOM.ibm.db2.jdbc.app.SQLExceptionGenerator.throw_SQLException(SQLExceptionGenerator.java:197) at COM.ibm.db2.jdbc.app.SQLExceptionGenerator.check_return_code(SQLExceptionGenerator.java:448) at COM.ibm.db2.jdbc.app.DB2PreparedStatement.execute2(DB2PreparedStatement.java:1247)

199

Page 200: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

To resolve this error, you must add a few properties to your WebSphere data source configuration.

In the WebSphere administrative console, navigate to the Additional Properties section of yourxPression_CR data source. This page is found at the following location:

DB2 JDBC Provider > Data Sources > xPression_CR

In the Additional Properties section, click Custom Properties. Add the following two customproperties:

Name: cachehold Value: 1

Name: cursorhold Value: 1

Save your changes and update your Web Server Plug-in.

DB2 Error When Deleting or Updating Very LargeDocument

If you are trying to delete or update the document version of a very large document, DB2 maycreate the following error:2005-08-10 07:12:03 [Servlet.Engine.Transports : 1] 295921 ERROR root ------------------------------------------UEID : 1029260592ErrorCode : 6163ErrorMessage : Database syntax error :{0}.StackTrace : COM.ibm.db2.jdbc.DB2Exception: [IBM][CLI Driver][DB2/NT]SQL0429N The maximum number of concurrent LOB locators has been exceeded.SQLSTATE=54028

This is a known DB2 issue. To bypass this error, you must disable the DB2 cache mechanism byadding the following text to your db2cli.ini file:

[common] PATCH2=50

Disabling the DB2 cache mechanism in this way will degrade the performance of your database. Thisstep should only be used if you are receiving this error while working with a large document. Afterdeleting the document or updating the document version, revert back to your original db2cli.ini file.

xDesign

The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page

This page shows the installer disk space requirements.

For the GUI installer, click Install.

For the command line installer, press Enter.

The installation program begins copying files to the server. A status bar measures the progress ofthe installation.

200

Page 201: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso clients dialogs mixes up, on the Windows ControlPanel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization > Display >Adjust ClearType text window.

Enabling Access Keys

Access keys are keystroke shortcuts that enable you to access xPressionmenu items without using amouse. If access keys are not working on your machine, they may have been disabled.

To enable access keys:1. In the Windows Control Panel, double-click Display.

2. Click the Effects tab and clear the Hide Keyboard navigation indicators until I use the ALTkey check box.

3. Click OK.

5981 Error5981 error, Module:MSWORD, Procedure:CreateHTMLTemplate

The problem is caused when you unregister any of the .dll files that the xPressionWord template isdependent on. These files are:• DSCRI.dll

• DSCCRUTL.dll

• CSETWIZARD.dll

• DSCIMGUTL.dll

• DSCDDG.dll

To reregister the files, repair the installation.

xPresso for Word

The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page

This page shows the installer disk space requirements.

For the GUI installer, click Install.

For the command line installer, press Enter.

The installation program begins copying files to the server. A status bar measures the progress ofthe installation.

201

Page 202: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso clients dialogs mixes up, on the Windows ControlPanel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization > Display >Adjust ClearType text window.

Enabling the xPresso COM Add-in

If you have completed all the installation steps, and you don’t see the xPresso tab in the Wordinterface, you may need to enable the xPresso COM add-in. The add-in may also become disabledafter applying a Microsoft update to your Word installation, or if Word crashes.

To enable the add-in:1. Click the File tab on the Word Ribbon.

2. Click Options. The Word Options dialog box appears.

3. Click Add-Ins on the left-hand menu. The Add-ins page displays information about the currentlyinstalled add-ins.

4. Select Disabled Items from theManage drop-down list, located at the bottom of the dialog box.

5. Click Go. The Disabled Items dialog box appears.

6. Select xPresso for Word and click Enable. If xPresso for Word isn’t listed, click Close.

7. Select COM Add-ins from theManage drop-down list and click Go. The COM Add-ins dialogopens.

8. Select xWord Designer in the Add-Ins available list, and click OK. The xPresso for Wordinterface item should now appear in Microsoft Word interface.

Current Installation No Longer Functions

If you have a current installation of xPresso for Word that no longer functions, it may be becauseanother xPresso client residing on the same machine was uninstalled. If the common files wereremoved during the uninstallation process, xPresso for Word will no longer function. ReinstallxPresso for Word to fix the issue.

Substituting Font Not Found

If xPresso for Word generates an error similar to “The substituting font “Courier New” can notbe found” during the preview process, check the TtfFontPath setting in the xPRSConfig.xmlfile, and ensure it is set to the system font directory on your machine. The default setting isC:\WINDOWS\Fonts; however, if, for example, your system is Windows NT, it should be setto C:\WINNT\Fonts.

To change the TtfFontPath setting:1. Close Microsoft Word completely.

202

Page 203: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

2. Browse to the Configure directory. See the xPresso for Word User Guide for information aboutthe location of the directory.

3. Open xPRSConfig.xml in an editor, such as Notepad.

4. Locate the entry: <prop name=“TtfFontPath” type=“List” value=“C:\WINDOWS\Fonts\”limit=“DIR” visible=“true” />

5. Change the value to the location of the system font directory on the installation machine. Forexample:<prop name=“TtfFontPath” type=“List” value=“C:\WINNT\Fonts\” limit=“DIR”visible=“true” />

6. Save and close the xPRSConfig.xml file.

7. Launch Microsoft Word to register the change with xPresso for Word.

Corda Builder Not Launching

Corda Builder may not run after applying an update to the Java Runtime Environment (JRE). WhenSun Microsystems provides updates to the JRE, they may change the installation directory. Whenthis occurs, Corda Builder will not run, and will not provide an error message. To correct this,change the JRE path in CordaBuilder.properties.

To update the JRE path:1. Open CordaBuilder.properties, located in C:\xPressoCharts\Builder by default, for editing.

2. Locate the path statement, which resembles this:Application.java.home=C\:\\Program Files\\Java\\jre1.6

The path may be different depending on the installation location and version.

3. Correct the entry so that it reflects the new JRE path.

4. Save the CordaBuilder.properties file.

xPresso for Adobe InDesignIf you encounter an issue during the installation of the xPresso for Adobe InDesign client, informationin this section may help you determine the cause and fix the problem.

The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page

This page shows the installer disk space requirements.

For the GUI installer, click Install.

For the command line installer, press Enter.

203

Page 204: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

The installation program begins copying files to the server. A status bar measures the progress ofthe installation.

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso clients dialogs mixes up, on the Windows ControlPanel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization > Display >Adjust ClearType text window.

Valid License Being Called Invalid

If you encounter an issue where a license you know is valid is not being accepted as valid by thexPresso for Adobe InDesign installation program, you may have a problem with your temporarydirectory.

It is possible for the installer to be unable to run programs contained in your temporary folder.This may be caused by the temp folder variable pointing to a non-existent directory. Setting yourenvironment variable “temp” and “tmp” user variables to “%SystemRoot%\TEMP” may solvethe problem.

To identify whether the problem you are encountering is caused by the temp folder issue, you canpress the CTRL key continually during the installation process and watch the messages that appear.If you see a message stating that running “forinstall.exe” failed with an error number of 2, the tempfolder issue may be causing your problem.

Current Installation No Longer Functions

If you have a current installation of xPresso for Adobe InDesign that no longer functions, it may bebecause another xPresso client residing on the same machine was uninstalled. If the common fileswere removed during the uninstallation process, xPresso for Adobe InDesign will no longer function.Reinstall xPresso for Adobe InDesign to fix the issue.

Corda Builder Not Launching

Corda Builder may not run after applying an update to the Java Runtime Environment (JRE). WhenSun Microsystems provides updates to the JRE, they may change the installation directory. Whenthis occurs, Corda Builder will not run, and will not provide an error message. To correct this,change the JRE path in CordaBuilder.properties.

To Update the JRE Path1. Open CordaBuilder.properties, located in C:\xPressoCharts\Builder by default, for editing.

2. Locate the path statement, which resembles this:Application.java.home=C\:\\Program Files\\Java\\jre1.6

The path may be different depending on the installation location and version.

3. Correct the entry so that it reflects the new JRE path.

4. Save the CordaBuilder.properties file.

204

Page 205: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

xEditor

The “Pre-Installation Summary” Page

This page shows the installer disk space requirements.

For the GUI installer, click Install.

For the command line installer, press Enter.

The installation program begins copying files to the server. A status bar measures the progress ofthe installation.

Note: If the installation summary text in xPresso clients dialogs mixes up, on the Windows ControlPanel, deselect the Turn on the ClearType option in the Appearance and Personalization > Display >Adjust ClearType text window.

Unable to Reinstall xEditor

In some installations that include certain Microsoft VSTOR and related components, xEditor will notreinstall after being uninstalled. To correct this condition, perform the following:

1. On the development machine locate the file %ProgramFiles%\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.0A\Bootstrapper\Packages\VSTOR30\product.xml

2. Replace the element <RegistryCheck Property="VSTORuntimeInstalled" Key="HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VSTO Runtime Setup\v9.0.21022" Value="Install"/> with<MsiProductCheck Property="VSTORuntimeInstalled" Product="{8FB53850-246A-3507-8ADE-0060093FFEA6}"/>

3. Alter the element <BypassIf Property="VSTORuntimeInstalled" Compare="ValueGreaterThanOrEqualTo" Value="1"/> to be <BypassIf Property="VSTORuntimeInstalled"Compare="ValueGreaterThanOrEqualTo" Value="3"/>

For more information on this issue, refer to the MSDN blog posting at http://blogs.msdn.com/b/vsto/archive/2009/02/07/vsto-runtime-bootstrapper-package-failure-causes-deployed-customization-installation-to-fail-aaron-cathcart.aspx.

205

Page 206: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Troubleshooting

206

Page 207: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Chapter 14Documentum Edition

Documentum Edition is a specific, separately licensed configuration of the Enterprise Edition, whichenables you to use a single, predefined Documentum Docbase as the xPression repository. Thisrepository is known as theDocumentum xPression Repository. Documentum Edition enables you to:• Perform online check-in and check-out of xPresso templates from a Documentum repository.

• Store, manage, and version xPresso variable lists, document property lists, and documenttemplates in your Documentum xPression Repository.

• Access any stored version of your xPresso templates and XML from your Documentum xPressionRepository.

If you are using Documentum Edition, complete the following configuration steps:• Ensure you have successfully installed a supported version of Documentum. Check the xPression

Release Notes for a complete list of supported versions.

• Ensure you have completed the xPression installation steps in this guide, including Chapter 9,Verifying Your Installation.

• Ensure you have successfully installed your xPresso application.

• Configure xPression for Documentum.

• Deploy Documentum Edition DAR File.

• Create ECM Configuration.

• Define Documentum Users and Roles.

Configure xPression for DocumentumTo configure xPression to use Documentum, ensure that you complete steps 1–3 from the Integratingwith Documentum, page 173 chapter.• Step One: Configure Documentum System User Name, page 174

• Step Two: Install Documentum Foundation Classes, page 174

• Step Three: Configure Application Server, page 174

If you are planning to store DOCX output in a Documentum Repository, complete the steps inAdding Formats for Archiving, page 184. If you are using Documentum Workflow, see Installing

207

Page 208: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Documentum Edition

the Sample Workflow, page 180, After Updating an Activity Template, page 184, and Upgrading theSample Workflow, page 184.

Deploy Documentum Edition DAR FileIn this step, you must deploy the xPressionDocumentumSupport.dar file to the Documentumdocbase that you intend to use as your Documentum xPression Repository. Complete the followingsteps:

1. Locate the DAR files in your installation package and copy the it to a local temporary folder.

2. Start the Documentum Composer DAR Installer. The DAR installer is located in yourcomposer directory, the same directory that contains eclipse.exe. By default, this directory is\\<DCTM_install_dir>\product\6.5\install\composer\</DCTM_install_dir>

3. Run the DAR installer. The DAR Installer page appears.

4. In the *DAR box, supply the full path and file name of the xPressionDocumentumSupport.darfile.

5. Locate the Docbroker Details section. In the *Docbroker Host drop-down box, select the nameof the docbroker host. If no names appear in the list, type the name of your Docbroker Host orConnection Broker.

6. In the *Docbroker Port box appears, type the port number. By default, this number is 1489.

7. Click Connect.

8. Locate the Repository Details section. In the *Repository drop-down box, select the name of therepository where you want to deploy the sample application. This must be the docbase that youintend to use as the Documentum xPression Repository. This is the repository where you willcheck-in xPresso templates and it will function as your xPression repository. Although you willbe able to use other docbases with xPression, only this docbase can function as the DocumentumxPression Repository.

9. In the User Name box, type a user name for the repository.

10. In the Password box, type the password for the user name.

11. Click the Install button.

12. The DAR Installer will deploy the DAR file and display a success message when complete.

13. Click Close to close the DAR Installer. If you receive and error, ensure you are using a supportedversion of the DAR Installer.

14. Restart the application server.

Create ECM ConfigurationxPression Documentum Edition requires that you create an ECM Configuration named DocumentumxPression Repository to connect to the Documentum repository where you will check-inyour xPresso document templates and objects. Documentum Edition supports the use of only

208

Page 209: EMC DocumentSciences xPression - Dell · 2020-07-22 · EMC®DocumentSciences® xPression© Version4.6SP1 InstallationGuide EMCCorporation CorporateHeadquarters Hopkinton,MA01748-9103

Documentum Edition

one Documentum xPression Repository. If your ECM Configuration is not named DocumentumxPression Repository, the Documentum Edition features will be unavailable.

Log on to xAdmin and create the Documentum xPression Repository. For more information aboutcreating ECM Configurations, see the xAdmin User Guide.

Define Documentum Users and RolesLog on to Documentum Administrator and create users for the docbase that is defined as yourDocumenutm xPression Repository. This is the docbase where you previously deployed thexPressionDocumentumSupport.dar file in Deploy Documentum Edition DAR File, page 208. TheDocumentum user must also be authorized to access the xPression Server. The user name shouldexist on both the xPression Server and the Documentum Repository, and the password should bethe same on both systems.

xPression uses the xpression_designer and xpression_dashboard roles. The xpression_designer roleenables the user to access the Documentum xPression Repository from an xPresso client application.The xpression_dashboard role enables the user to access the Documentum xPression Repositoryfrom xDashboard. Your user can have one or both of these roles. xPresso users do not need thexpression_designer or xpression_dashboard roles to access resources in other Documentum docbases.These roles only enable access to the Documentum xPression Repository.

209